Beat The Forex Dealerpdf PDF Free

Beat the Forex Dealer
For other titles in the Wiley Trading Series

please see www.wi ley.com/fi nance
BEAT THE FOREX
DEALER
An insider's look into trading today's

foreign exchange market
Agustin Silvani
A John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Publication

Copyright © 2008 John Wiley & Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester.
West Sussex POl9 RSQ. England
Tclcphone (+44) 1243 779777
Email (for ordcrs and customer service enquiries): c:,-books@wiley,co.uk
Visit our Homc Page on www.wiley.com
All Rights Reserved. No pan o f this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or
transmi tted in any form or by any mcans, electronic, mcchanical. photocopying, recording, scunning
or Otherwise. except undcr the teons of the Copyrighl. Designs and Palcnts Act J 988 or under thc
lerm~ o f u licence issued by the Copyright Licen~ing Agency Ltd. Saffron H ou~e, 6 - 10 Kirby Street.
London, ECIN 8TS, wi thou t the permission in wri ting of the Publisher. RequeM' to the Publisher
should be addre!'>sed to (he Permissions Dcpanment, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, T he Atrium, Southern
Gate. Chichester. West Sussex POl9 8SQ. England. or emalled to permreq@wi ley.co.uk, or faxed to
(+44) 1243770620.
Designations used by companies 10 d i stingu i ~h their products are olkn claimed a~ trademarks. All
brand names and product names used in this book are trade numes. service marh. trademarks or
registered trademarks o f their respective owners. The Publisher is not associated wilh any product or
vendor mentioned in this bQQk.
This publ ication is designed 10 provide accurale and authoritative information in regard to the subject
mailer covered. It is sold on the under:.tanding that the Publisher is nol engagcd in rcndering
professional services. If profession:11 "dvice or other ex pen a... sistance iii required. the services of a
competent professional should be sought.
Other Wiley Editurial Offices

John Wiley & Sons Inc .. I I I River Street. Hoboken. NJ 01030. USA
Jossey-Bass. 989 Market Street. San Fmncisco. CA 94103-1741. USA
Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH. Boschstr. 12. D-69469 Weinheim. Germany
John Wiley & Sons Australia Ltd. 42 McDougall Street. Milton. Quccn,land 4064. Au~trJlia
John Wi ley & Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd. 2 Clementi Loop #02-01. Jin Xing Dislripark. Sing:lporc 129809
John Wi ley & Sons Canada Ltd. 6045 Freemont Blvd. Mis~i~sauga. Ontario. L5R 4J3. Canada
Wiley also publishes it... books in a variety of e lectronic forl11at~. Some content that appear..
in print may nOl be avail:lble in electronic books.
British Lihra")' Calalogllillg i1l Publication Vata

A cUlUlogue record for this boolo. is available from the British Library
ISBN 978-0-470-72208-4 (HB)
Typeset in 10112 Times by L1serwords Private Limited. Chcnnai. India
Printed and bound in Greul Brituin by TJ Intemalioml l. Pud'IOw. Cornwall. UK
Contents
Acknowledgments IX
Inlroduclion x,
PART I THROUGH THE EYES OF A TRADER 1

On Markets 3
2 The Currency Market 9
3 A Rare Breed 13
4 FX Dealers 19
5 Today's FX Markel 23
6 The Players 27
PART II THE RETAIL SIDE OF THINGS 33

7 Card Slacking 35
8 Don 'l Trusl Your FCM 43

9 Third-Party Services 47
10 Fighling Back 51
PART III JOINING THE 10 % 55

1I Becoming a Greal Trader 57
12 Picking lhe Righi Approach 63

vi ConlenlS
PART IV FX TRADING TIPS 73

13 Adapting to the FX Market 75
14 Trading Thin Markets 83
15 Using the Crosses 87

16 All About Stops 93
17 Characteristics of FX Trends 97
18 Trading the FED 103
19 Fading News 109

20 FX AnalysLIIi: Who Cares? 113
PART V DEALER TRADES 117

21 Trading Against Dealers 119
22 The Big Figure Trade 123
23 The Friday to Sunday Extension 131

24 Sticking it to Your Dealer 137
PART VI THE FUTURE 143

25 The End of the Beginning 145
APPENDIX TRADING "HOW TO'S" 149

How to Set Up Your Trading 151
How to Trade Price Action 157
How to Build a Position 163
How to Trade Out of a Losing Position 169

Contenls \Iii
NOTES 177
Speaking Like a Dealer 179
FX Glossary 181
Trading Maxims 189
Bibliography 191
CFTC Minimum Finance Requirement 193
Index 209
Acknowledgements
Thi s book required the expert help and contributions of a wide range of friends
and colleagues. Special thanks go out to all o f the great peopl e al MIGFX, whose
hard work and dedication to trading gave ri se to thi s project. I wou ld al so like to
give spec ial thanks to Richard Hoffman for hi s help and dedicated research , and
to the man y industry contacts whose insights proved in va luabl e. Without you thi s
book would not have been possible.
I wou ld also like to thank the great people at ProRealTime.com for granting mc
permission to use their fabulous chans. Every trader should vis it their website and
check out their chImi ng packages. for they arc truly Lop-notch in the industry.
Introduction
Over the years, I have tri ed to get my hands on every currency trading book that
I could find, bUl as you may we ll k now the pick ings are sli m when it comes to
FX literature. Apart from a few notable exceptions. most of the avai labl e materia l
seems 10 fa ll into onc of two categories: un abashedly theoreti cal or completely
misguided. The dry. outdated, and sometimes esoteric academic works tend to
leave the reader with the perception that curre ncy trading is as gentle ma nl y and
ordered as the worl d of stamp co ll ecti ng, when in reality nothing could be furt he r
from the truth in a market referred to as a "slaughterhouse" where traders routinely
gel "chopped up". The FX market I know is one of egos and money, where millions
of do ll ars are wo n and lost every day, and phones are routi ne ly thrown across hectic
trading desks. This palpable exc itement has led to the emergence of a second class
of literatu re, often mi slead ing and downright fra udulent, where authors promise the
reader riches by offering to ma ke forex trad ing "casy".
Well, I'll let you in on a little secret: there is nothing easy about trading cur-
rencies. If you don ' t believe me. then stop by Warren Buffet's offi ce and ask hi m
how he could lose $850 million belting o n the dollar or ask " Kin g" George Soros
why hi s short bets lost him $600 milli on not once but twice in 1994. Don ' t these
guys read FX trading books? If these in vestment legends can lose bi llions in the
FX market, what makes anyone thin k there is anything easy about it?
The average retail trader must feel a terrible disconnect between what is described
by famous "experts" and their actual trading experiences. Theory very rarely trans-
lates into fact when it comes to trading. and real-life FX tradi ng is much more
compli cated and tricky th an any guru would have you believe. In this jungle it is
a kill-or-be-ki ll ed att itude that marks survival, and the minute you step on to the
playing field a target has been placed next to your account number.
Reali zing that most FX books in print are either written by scam art ists or aca-
dem ics with little real -world trading experience, I decided to put my ow n thoughts
to paper. Whil e I ce nain ly do not proclaim to be any son of market wizard, the
market ins ight s J h<l vC gained whil e managing a successful curren cy fund should
prove val uable to readers, even if they are just starting their trading careers. Being
a firm believer in the "small is beautiful" mantra, I have therefore tried to keep
this book short, and to the po int.
xii IntrodU Clio n
The purpose of this book is two-fold. First, by exp laining the day-to-day mec han-
ics of the FX market and pointing out so me of the more unsavory dealings go ing
o n in the retai l s ide. I hope to make ev idel1l for the reader the ri sks and rewards
in volved in cu rrency trading. The second objective of the book is to he lp turn
average traders into win nin g traders. " Average" traders are los ing traders; winning
traders arc in fact qui te rare. However, by hi gh li ghting so me market-proven trading
tricks and techniques, I hope to g ive traders an in iti al leg- up.
As you may have guessed, th is book takes its name from Edward O. Thorp's
landm ark work on blackjack. Beat the Dealer. In 1962, the MIT mathematics
professor revealed to the public the gambling industry's tri cks and traps, wh il e at
the sa me ti me manag ing to teach a successfu l method for playing the game of
twenty-one. Likewise, you wi ll find thi s book roughly sp lit into two parts: the first
half is dedi cated to revealing the fore ign excha nge market's unfair practi ces and
the second hal f is designed to help the retail FX trader im plement an effective and
wi nning ga me plan by prov iding trading tips and detailed examples.
FROM VEGAS TO WAll STREET
The pas t five years has seen the FX market open its arms to nontradi ti onal par-
ti ci pants, and now everyone from dotcom investors to cash-strapped gra ndmas arc
jumping in hoping to strike it ri ch.
What most of the se new Pal1icipants fa il to rea li ze is that they are stepping on
to a battlefield littered wi th the remains of day traders and gen ius "systems". It is
frequently noted that over 90 % of FX traders do not survive in the long run , yet
you won't find that stat isti c in any of the publicity dished out by the FX brokers.
To be profitable, retai l traders must realize that the foreign eXl:hange market was
fundamentally deve loped as a professional 's markel. and its outdated conven ti ons
and procedures mean that it still is very muc h geared towa rd the profess ion al. In
a market where the retail trader exerts little (though growing) influence, Illost can
have little hope of success.
The reta il brokers who have sprung up recently would li ke you to believe that
cu rrency trading is a high form o f fln ancia l speculation . In rea lit y, the average
client 's trading approach combined with the unscrupulous practices of some brokers
make spot FX trading more akin to the games fou nd on the Vegas strip than (Q
anyt hing see n o n Wall Street. The new breed of online FX brokers simpl y share too
many of the traits e mployed by cas inos to stack th e odds in their favor, incl uding
these:
• The "house" always has the adva nt age (the spread).

• The "hou se" feed s off the player' s greed and acti vely promotes it (by offer-
ing trading signal s, excessive leverage, and fancy platforms resemb ling slot
machines!).
Introduction xii i
• The "house" adopts variOus dubious risk-management co ntrol s. which

include cheat ing and cUlling off winning players.
All of these benefits ensure th at, in the long run, the house (broker) will end up
with virtually all of th e player's (trader's) money. The odds are si mpl y stacked in
their favor.
Thorp' s origina l Beat rhe Dealer was brilliant in that he focused his energy on a
niche game (blackjack) whic h featured chan gi ng odds. In a ga me with fixed odds
(s uch as the louery) a player is virtuall y assured ruin. while a game wit h shifting
odd!<> allows the smart player to effectively control his risk while maximizing hi s
gains. Although the long-run odds may not favor the player. a set o f rules ca n be
adopted that allow the ga mbl er to " play" only when the odds are in his favor, thus
gremly improving his chance for success. Playi ng in this way enables you to refra in
from gambling (bett ing on luck) and concentrate on playing the probabilities. FX
traders need 10 take a cue from their card-playing counterparts and learn to trade
only when the odds are shift ed in their favor. In thi s spirit. the lasl part of this book
is dedic::tted to exposing hi gh-probabi lity trades co mmonly seen in the intra-day
FX mark et, which can effective ly be used to "double up" when they are see n.
BEAT THE DEALER
In my experience. mOst retail FX traders seem to have a decent system or genuine

"feel" for the market, yet more ofte n than not they still find the mselves posting
steady losses. They see the possibility for greatness. yet they are unable w gras p
it. Something must be missing ... but what? Although they may spend hours duti-
fully studying technical analysis. candle charting, and the history of the market,
seldom do they take a moment to concentrate on their number one killer: the forex
dealer. By preying on the s mall spec ulator, these shadowy characters are often
si ngle-handedly responsible for turning winning trades into losers.
Both casi nos and FX brokers have an ace up their sleeve which ensures that the
odds are always sh ifted agg ressive ly against a player, and not surpri s ing ly these
villains share a co mmon name. Dealers are much more than simpl e order-processors
(do you want to buy/sell. hi t/stay?); they are in fact the hou se ' s fail -safe device
se nt ou t to take down any player who is deemed to be winning "too much". Their
direct and purposerul interference ca n ruin evcn the most advanced or e lega nt
trading system.
Have you ever had your stop hit at a pri ce that turned out to be the lowlhigh for
the day'! Bad luck perhaps? Maybe. What if it happens more than once? Do you
ever feel like the mark et is "out to get youT' Well, guess what ... in thi s zero-sum
game it absolutely is.
Dealers make particularly tough opponents for traders because they act on better
information. Although it is hard to bluff when the other party knows your cards,
you can however profit by betting on their actions. and a dealer's actions are, after
xiv Introduction
all, very predictable. You know what they want (your money) and you have a rough
idea of how they will come after it (runnin g stops, shading prices. fading moves,
etc.): all that you now need is a way to exp loit these actions. Throughout thi s book
you will find info rmation mea nt to help you identify and cou nteract typical dealer
traps, which if impl emented correct ly can instantly improve your tradin g profits.
Many of these are exact ly the same techniques used by hedge funds and eTAs to
explo it loopholes left by their dealers. which can also be used successfull y by the
relail trader.
Make no mi stake about it. There is a lot of money 10 be made in currency tmding;
you just have to know where to look. Sidestepping dealer traps is one simp le way
of improving your daily PIL, but il is su rely 1101 the on ly one. Successful Irading
comes down to taking care of the detail s. and for me the only way 10 do thi s is by
providing concrete, up-to-dale. real -life examples, and sharing the FX Irading tips
that have proved so prof1table over the years.
In the end, it is my hope that by stripping away Ihe theory and gelt ing down
to the core of trading you too may find yourself well on your way to beating the
forex dealer!
Some Terms Commonly Used In This Book
Individual (Retail) Trader Nonprofessiona l trader; i.e. spec ulates for his own
account as opposed to trading fo r a bank or hedge fu nd. Norma ll y trades small
sizes (u nder $ 1 milli on), usually either for speculation or fun.
Interbank Market Loose term used to describe the FX tradin g done by banks
directly with each other. as opposed to trading with clients. Can essent ially be
thought of as the "wholesale" FX market, where entry is restricted to profess ionals.
Not a physical market or exchange, the interbank market is a web of credit facilities
built over time and used by banks to trade with eac h other directly or through
electronic matching platforms such as Reuters and EBS.
Retail FX Broker Al so call ed FUlures Commission Merchant (FCM), these are

co mpanies crealed to "open up" the spot currency market to the retail trader through
their s mall minimum accou nt sizes (as low as $3(0). In theory, they should simply
be Ihe middlemen between the FX wholesalers and their relail c li ent base, charging
a small fee (the spread) for their service. Mu ch like online stock brokers (E-tradc,
ctc.), they promise to "connect" the reta il trader to Ihe market at reduced costs. yet
often fall we ll shon of Ihis promise.
FX Dealer If the "interbank is the wholesale market and the brokers are the middle-
men, then the dealers are the sa lesmen. Dealers typically work for FCMs or banks,
and their primary responsibility is to process client transactions (buy/sell orders). If
Introdu ction xv
wantin g to trade. client!; have the option of phoning their dea ler or trading elec Lron-
ically. The dea ler then goes to the wholesa le market, executes the order, and keeps
the price difference (in theo ry al leasl). Retai l dealers co ncern themselves mostly
with prov idi ng accurate prices (thro ugh th eir o n-line trading platforms), handling
cl ien t fl ows, and runnin g SlOps of cou rse!
Simplistic view of a retail FX transaction
Ind ividua l (Retail)

Traders
,.JI\.T
Tmd", "Iu.,,/ to bu., EURUSD. wi",,., 'f"'" I"''''''
Deal, ,, ··M.",,,,, pica,,"
Dealer.
(woOl for the broker.)
Venier : ., Pritt' ;g 1.25 ~
'.JI\.TcDe,'" ..k. "'0'""

Tm,/er: "Ot 111U.yH Retail FX Brokers
for 11 price
Dealer vets a mariler

price to buy of 1.24
BANK BANK BANK
Note. If you arc not at all fam iliar with the foreign exc hangc markct or trading
in general. then you may we ll benefit from reading up on the subject before
proceeding. There are many valuable books that teach tec hnica l ana lys is, can-
dlestick read ing. history of the markets, econo mi c theory. etc. Most of those
books give the beginn ing trader a basic grounding in the fina ncial theory Ihat
underpins successful tnlding, and should be dutifully studied by all tnlders; this
book is not meant to replace any of them. The materi al covered in thi s book
is st ri ctl y centered on sharing profess ional "buy-si de" insights for trading the
spot foreign exc hange market.
THROUGH THE EYES
OF A TRADER
1
On Markets
If one believes in a random uni verse, a strong case can be made for the facl that
any sort o f tech nical analysis and trading taclics arc in fact quite use less. Under thi s
scenario. random and unpredictabl e price move men ts makes resea rch. analysis, and
market timing an exercise in futilit y. and relegates any kind of strategy (other than
buy-and-hold) to a game of chance, 110t skill. As Burton Malkiel famously noted,
"A blindfolded monkey throwing darts at the financial pages of a newspaper can
select a portfolio that will do just as we ll as one carefull y selected by the experts".
This market view is supported by the fac t that the vast maj ority of mutual funds
fail to beat the broader market year after year. and hi sto ry shows us that the len
best-performing funds in anyone year will drop to th e bolt om of the pack in the
following two to four years, meaning that a manager's outperformance is largely
the prod uct of luck, like a ga mbi er's short-term winning streak. Simply put. there
is no way to consistentl y beat the market.
Need less to say, thi s view of things does not sit we ll with Wall Street, which
preaches that research. analys is. and re lying 011 experti se are the keys to in vestin g
(and their business mode l !). Assuming that we can draw a s imilar parallel to other
markets, then why bother trading? Wh y spend so much time researching (he market
and analyzing prices whe n we could just as si mpl y close our eyes and buy or se ll ?
Thankfully for traders, although the random wa lk theory paints a strong case
against IllUlual funds. it is not el1lirely bullet-proof. Investors consistently fall prey
to fear, envy, overcon fidence, faddis m, and Olher recogni zably human imperfections
th at make markets not onl y inefficient but predictably inefficient. In the short run ,
recognizable pattern s are indeed visible in the stock market. Bubbles are created,
and then bu rst. If the DOW goes up one week, it is more lik ely to go up the
next week . In the lon g run all of these moves smooth themse lves out, but in the
short ru n, predicting and trading these constant adjustments ca n actually make
ror quite a profitable proposit io n. Through research and anal ysis we ca n visually
identify these inefficiencies and market anomalies in charts, and then trade their
4 Beat the Fore" Dealer
PAST AND PRESENT BUBBLES

NASDAQ
1995·2002
DOW JONES
'927·1932
"" m,
'"
3_
,~
NIKKEI SHANGHAI ~200%

1985-'9'12 2005 ·1
---_ .. _----
------ '"
M __ " ___ '"
Stock market bubbles lend to be of similar length. duratiun. and size. The chart pauems
are similar since the impetus behind them I!) the !'>lllllC (low borrowing COM !), greed. and
overconfidence). 'This time it's different ... :'
expected outcomes. The point in trading is therefore not to forecast the future
events them selves. bu t rather to predict a nd profit from their !;onsequences instead.
The day the financia l comm unit y realized exactly how imperfect a sc ience it
pracli ces was 19 OClober 1987, On thi s "Black Monday" US sLOck markels man-
aged to drop an incred ibl e 22.6 % for no appare nt reaso n. whic h proved especially
shock ing to the brilliant mathematical minds that had spent their academ ic careers
solving most of the pu zzles surrou nding proper pri cing and va luati on. By the late
1980s it seemed that marke ts had finally been "figu red out" and trading was no
longer the realm of ri sk-hungry cowboys as technology quickly came to rep lace the
gut in pricing (and trading) decisions. Yet in li ght o f all this, the world 's biggest
a nd most soph ist icated market still managed to shed nearly one-quarte r of its value
in olle day and on no news, putting into question even the most basic financial
assumptions. By noon of that day, IBM 's stock stopped trading in the fa ce of only
sell orders; literall y no one wanted to buy. If a stock is onl y worth as much as
someo ne is willin g to pay for it, did thi s mean that IBM 's stock was, at least for
the time being. worth less? What exactly was goi ng on? How could we call the
market rational a nd efficient. let alone figured out?
On Markets 5
The fact that this evelll now seems as distant as the stock marker crash of 1929
is evidence of just how much we have moved forward. yet many of the underlying
reasons behind the crash are still around today and the trading lessons behind thcse
underline the major differe nces from what we may call the "academic" view of
markets and the trader's view.
A LITTLE MARKET THEORY
As we know, professors love formulae, and perfect formulae make for perfect
markets. The problem with this kind of oversimplified interpretation of the market
is th at it tend s 10 marginalize an individual's contribution. whi le traders realize that
sometimes individual actions are actua ll y the driving force behind markets. Why
did people sell on Black Monday? h was because everyone else was selling; it is
as simple as that.
The problem for the academic world is that whi le real ri sks (interest rates. stock
prices, ctc.) arc easy enough to understand, perceived risks are much harder to
quantify and are therefore genera ll y ignored. After all, how on eart h can we measure
Joe In ves tor's sensiti vit y to risk when on the one hand he spend s days researching
and analyz ing which ca r to buy and on the other hand he buys Pets.com stock on
a friend's tip?
Over the years traders have learned to get a grasp o n this tricky subj ect, and some
interesting things about the perception of risk ha ve emerged. We know that risk
tolerance decreases once the market is full y in vested, which is why asset bubbles
build up slowly and dellatc violentl y. We also know that our brain is hard-wired
to shy away from pain and regret, thus making us se ll our winning stocks while
holding on to losers hoping that they will turn around. How many dead internet
stocks do you still have in your portfolio?
What we now know is that markets are effic ient, but they are not perfectly
efficient. The point where buyers and sellers meet does not always reflect "equi-
librium", and the sheer number of arbitrage-hungry hedge funds out there can be
taken as an indication of th e market's imperfection . Since prices are man-made
creations thaI reflect our biases as much as they do economic reality, markets may
stay in a slale of disequilibrium for a long time when the very reason for buying
(prices going up) in turn leads other people to buy.
Those used to doing the day- to-day dirty work in the markets, the traders, deal-
ers, and " locals" in the pit, have all co me 10 realize thaI at least in the short run ,
markets are orten manipulated and highly ilTalional. Psychology mailers. fear mat-
ters, Momentum often trumps economic facl, and we can be fairly certain that a$
long as there is human involvement in th e financial markets they will continue
to exhibit the same erratic behavior patterns as human beings. Logic often takes
a back seat to greed and fear since at the end of the day it is the trader/money
manager that has hi s job and bonus to look after.
6 Beat the Forex Dealer
1920's BULL MARKET vs. 1980's BULL MARKET

OJ''''
, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . OJIA
JOO
'''''
"""
""
"Block MondaYI"
Oc1191h,1987 morkel dfop~ 23S
OCI28-29lh, 1929 : r'I'ICIf1<el orops 2 4 ~
'.
•
'" '" 02. ,7< '020
'''''
..., 1665 1706
Days Into bull market
·'A perfect market think s o nl y o f the future , nol the past." The market may not have a
memory_ bUl traders certa inl y do. The eerie similarity between the crash of 1929 and 1987
can probably be att ri buted to traders in 1987 using the past as a wny of predicting the future.
unwittingly creating a se lf-fulfilling prophecy with their act ions. (Source: Lope Markets)
Traders that overlook th ese behavioral aspects end up in troubl e when confronted
with tumultu ous and emotional markets. even if for a bri ef period of time: hence
there is the famous saying. "The market can stay irrationa l longer than you can
Slay solvent". This saying is more true that you can imagine, and the Wall Street
graveyard is littered with traders that made money trading rati onal markets 99 %
of th e ti me, yet got wiped out by that irrational I %.
Lege nd ary hedgc fund manager Juli an Robert son found out just how dangerous
it can be to fade I irrational markets when he ratio nall y shorted thc tech bubble
of the 19905 and turned hi s s te llar $22 bi ll ion do ll ar fund into a mere $6 billion
basically overnight. His farewell letter to in vestors pretty much says it all :
The key to Ti ger's success over the yea rs has becn a steady
commitment to buying the best stocks and shorting the worst. In a
rational environment, thi s strat cgy functions well. But in an irrationa l
market, where earnings and price considerati ons take a back seat to
mouse clicks and mo men tum , such logic, as we have learned, does not
cou nt for much.
I To fade a move is to trade against the prevailing direction. Fading a move higher would mean se lling
~hort into the rall y.
On Markets 7
From a trader's perspective. thi s means that the market is always ri ght. If irra-
tional investors make a bundle o n the way up, while ratio nal in vesto rs lose their
shirts shorting the move, then who is rati onal and who is not? Markets are not
rational or irrat iona l. they just are, and the only view that traders will ever hold
sac red is their need for vo lati lity, because it holds the key to their profits. As long
as people are buying and selling, short-term speculato rs are indifferent as (Q the
rationale behind the moves because they know there is mo ney to be made on both
sides of any trade. All that traders care about is maximiz in g their profits by posi-
tioning themselves in adva nce of the next move, while acade mi cs oflen miss the
forest fo r the trees by be ing so far removed from the trading fl oors of the world.
I
I
I
I
I
!
,
2
The Currency Market
Foreign exchange trading has essentially been around since lile advent of money,
and although the mechan ics have advanced somew hat since the time of the
money-changers in the temple. it still boi ls down to the exc hange of one c urrency
for another.
Of all financial market s. the FX market ca n proba bl y be cons ide red to be among
the most '; purc" in the sense that su ppl y a nd demand (in the free- Hoati ng c urre ncies)
is strictly what determines prices, For the most pan, the market is unregulated and
free of d istorting red lape. and the sheer size of the trading vol ume mea ns that
government intervention has little long-term effect on prices. After all , in a market
that trades over $2 trillion a day government intervention can only go so far, and
at the end of the day it is th e two hundred thousand traders arou nd the world that
act as Adam Sm ith 's in vis ible hand in gui ding prices.
Since a market thi s free and liquid is typ ica ll y hard LO out-guess. you wou ld be
right to think: " is it even wort h trading such an e fficient market?" The good news
for traders is that the FX market is not as efficient as it may first appear, and the
root of this inefficiency can be {raced back to the panicipam' s moti vat ion. The FX
market has never been a value creator. but rather a vehicle for other transaction s. A
US portfolio manager buying Japanese stocks or an Ital ian co mpany acquiri ng raw
materials from Brazil both inadvertently become FX participants. yet the currency
part of their transactions are not usually motivated by profit. The portfolio manager
simply needs the yen to buy the stocks and the company needs do llars to buy the
coffee.
This type of behavior breeds inefficiencies eage rl y exp lo ited by more active
market panicipants, and fonunately for FX traders small arbitrage oppOI1unities
still abou nd . Although the market may be very effic ient at giv in g you a price,
whether that price is an accura te reflection of the cu rrency's true "value" is another
story altogether, whi ch is why good anal ysis and trading techniques do payoff in
the long run .
Research and analysis in FX proves valuable because the currency marke t is
different than Wall Street. The interbank market is by no means a perfect market
10 Beal the forex Dealer
s ince information is not freely available, market access is restricted , manipulation

takes place. govern ments intervene. and a large number of participants routinely
buy and se ll irrespective of profit, which all comes together to turn conventional
trading wisdom (such as " let your winners fUll. cut losers short ") on its head in th is
mostly range-bound market. The FX market is different than other markets. and
if you can find a way to recogni ze, predict, and exp loit these imperfections. then
there is a great deal of money lO be made. Profitable trading strategies do exist and
can be found.
A SELECT CLUB
Off-balance sheet earnings are the declared aim of most banks, and spot dealing in
FX, whi ch presents high loss potential (as far as price is co ncerned) but practically
no credit risk, fall s directly into this category. To understa nd a bank 's motivation
for getting involved in thi s market, all you have to know is that by combining a
large FX dealing desk with a decent prop trading group, pretty soon you will be
talking about billions in profits. These types of numbers have long made FX the
playground of on ly the biggest and baddesl globa l banks, and because at its core
the FX market continues to be a credit market. their dom inance is unlikely to be
challenged any lime soon.
ofFX
Out of the 6,322 Institutions polled
(totaling over $85 trillion in turnover),
ten banks were responsible for more
than three quarters of all FX turnover.
Marketshare
1. Deutsche Bank ................ 19.26%
2. UBS .. ..... .. .... . .... 1186%
3. Citigroup .......................... 10.39%
4 Barclay's Capital .. .. .... 6.61%
5. RBS . ... .. ..... . .. 6.43%
6. Goldman Sachs .................. 5.25%
7. HSBC ........•................. ........ 5.04%
8. Bank of America ... . .... 3.97%
9. JPMorgan Chase ................ 3.89%
10. Merrill Lynch ................. 368%
Unlike other markets, an FX transaction is not the exchange of cash for another
asset (stocks or oil, for exa mpl e), but rather the exchange of cash today in return
for the acceptance of cash at n later date. The interbank market operates on thi s
somewhat unusual principle. where one party depends on the OIher to meet their
obligation without extending credit to eac h other. As you may wel l imagine. when
The Curren cy Markel 11
dealing in thi s way it is crucial to kn ow that you r cou nt erparty is of the highest
credit standing, lest you be len holding the bag o n one side of the transaction. For
this reason, big banks prefer to deal with big banks, and small er fish are essentiall y
shut out of the FX pond. As a res ult. a s mall gro up of commercial and central
banks (you can ca ll it a cartel if you wish) has always handled the majority of FX
turnover with each other, and for each other.
Technology has managed to open up thi s ti ght-knit grou p somewhat. although
not to the ex tent that you may think. Most banks now either operate their ow n
electron ic dealing platform s o r provide liqu idity to a matching syste m/ prime bro-
kerage platform . Products from EBS, C urrellex, FXAIl, elC., enable banks to reach
a larger client base whi le still mainta ining full co ntrol over their risk, yet in the
end , who do you think ow ns 1110st of these platforms anyway? The rea lity is that
the sa me small gro up of banks still co ntro ls the FX market.
AN UNFAIR PLAYING FIELD
From the very beg inning. the FX market was designed to e nsure that market " insid-
ers" had a considerable edge over market "outsiders", Because of the ti ght-knit
nature of the market and its lack of regu lati on, the FX market is a fund amentall y
unfair market for the non profess io nal to operate in . For example, in some emergi ng
countri es a Ci tibank or UBS may be the onl y ga me in town, so anyone want ing to
trade that currency is forced to "pay up" to play in their turf. A player' s positioning
on the FX food chain depends o n hi s/her access to information and speed, and with
no centra l clearin g exchange, it ca n be diffi cu lt fo r no nprofess ional s to gain access
to this informati on and come up with an accurate view of the market. More often
than not thi s leaves those with limited access to information at the mercy of their
bank dealer.
Th is is where the FX world differs from traditional finan cial markets, and th ings
deemed illega l in most other markets are si mpl y regarded as "part of the game" in
FX. Insider trading. front running, price shading. etc .. are all reg ularly seen in FX
trading, and have absolutely no lega l reperc llssions,
No governmem oversigh t and no central dea lbook to compare trades mean s
th at banks are pretty much free to do whatever they want to their unsuspecting
cus tomers. Unlike exchange-traded markets (NYSE) where a market maker has a
responsibility to quote the Same price to two different parties, an FX dea ler may
quote hi s cl ients whatever price he wi shes. Spreads mysteriously widen and shrink ,
and the "who's who" factor dominates. Good customers receive dece nt prices
(a salesman will sha Ul to the dea ler "good price, mate!"), but for irreg ular or com-
plicated clients it becomes practica ll y imposs ible to receive fair market prices. God
forbid that the dealer "read" you correctly and guessed your intentions (try calling
up your deal er and as k him " I wish to buy, what's the price all eura-dollar?'").
An FX trader who d id not want to get ripped off before had to place 5 to 10
12 Bealthe Forex Oealer
calls to different banks and take their average as the "fair" mark et price. These
inefficiencies, of course, all play into the hands (and pockets) of the brokers.
Dealers are free to behave in thi s way because they are very often the only game
in low n, and they know that there is not much customers can do about il. In the
sa me way that you and I know ingly get ripped off by the exchange booth guys
at the airport, traders know they arc gcning short-changed but often have linle
rc(;ourse. If Go ld man is the on ly one wi ll ing to take your trade at that moment,
you ca n either take it or leave it; it is as si mpl e as that.
3
A Rare Breed
PUlling aside all arguments about erficient markets, trade rs are around for one thing
and one thing only: to make mo ney from their views on the market. Although theory
states that in vestors should not be capable of beating the market in the long run,
people like Paul Tudor Jones l are happy to go agai nst conventi ona l wisdom by
consistently beating the market year aner year. Eit her their success is merely the
resuh of a stati stical fluke or great traders are simp ly a breed apart.
The mark of a great trader is their abi lity to walk the wa lk and talk the talk.
Whi le most peop le actuti ll y find thal all paper they make great trad ing deci sio ns,
when real money beco mes in volved they soon lose the upper hand. That is because
as soon YOLI enter the market, you beco me emotio nall y artached to you r posi tion
and the switch from paper profils to real doll ars and cents clouds you r Lhinking by
inserting doubt into your reasoning. Think about the past in vestment decisions you
regret the most. They usua lly involve sou nd investments that you p ull ed the pl ug
on too SOOI1 (I knew I shoul d have held on to that property in Florida!) or never
entered into (I knew I should have bought the Google IPO!). Either way, the error
in judgment is frequent ly caused by the emoti onal ru sh brought on when sw itching
from perce ntages to greenback s. This mental toughness is the reason g reat traders
are often referred to as having ice-water running through their ve ins o r having
pri vate parts made out of steel.
Trading is one of the few profess ions l hal enable you to quantify exactl y how
good you are. since all it takes is a qui ck glance at your PIL. How does a consul-
tanl/engineer/manager know they are good at wha t they do? Usua ll y it is through
a com bination of peer respect. promotions, and recognition that they use for mea-
surement. And how do they know if Ihey had a good or bad day? Traffic? Prob lems
1Pan of the University of Virginia hcdgies. staned Tudor Investmcnt in 1985. Never a down year. the
worst pcrfomlance was in 2000. when Tudor BVI Global Ponfolio fund delivered 11.6 %. Of note. he
managed 10 lime Ihe OclOber 1987 markel crash and lurn it into a 210% gai n.
14 Beallhe Forex Dealer
with suppliers? Now imagine being able 10 look at you r scree n at (he e nd of your
shift and let it tell you how your day was. For traders, the measuring stick is
si mpl e: mon ey. The lllorC you make , the better you are at your job. If you made
morc than the guy to your right that mu st mean that you are better at your job than
he is, and if you lost money today thal means you had a bad day at work. This
turns trading floors into pure meritocracies, and those that make money have the
power. while those that don ' t are soon out the door.
Unlike investing, where the focus is on creating wealth (e.g. dividends), traders
make money by catching short- term moves for quick gains. Trading, like poker,
can be described as a zero-sum game. If you are winning then someone else must
be losin g. This battlefield aspect to the markets is something that the novice trader
disregards at hi s/her own peril, since hum ans sit behind those trading screens and
you can bet that they will do everything in their power to take you r money, even
if that means bending the rule s in the ir favor.
The fact that 1110S( traders are also avid gamb lers should come as no surprise,
and thus you may find at anyone time that bets on sporting events or the eating
capacity of the latest intern overshadow <my market activity on the desk. Another
interestin g quality about traders is that proficiency with numbers docs not automat-
ically translate into positive trading results. and over the years you find great minds
like Sir Isaac Newton losing fortunes in the market while atypical participants, suc h
as nove list Juliu s Verne. become great stock pickers. The ability to look beyond
the obviolls facts and figures , to think of the market not only from an objective
standpoint but also from a subjecti ve view. is what sets great traders apart. Average
{raclers look 10 the left-Side of Ihe charI, greal lraders look 10 tlte right.
THE TRADER'S EDGE
A trader's edge is their ability to deal with uncertainty at minimum risk, which is
exactly how the Rothschild family made the ir fortune in the 181h century. The idea
was simple yet brilliant: in a time of slow communications, courier pigeons cou ld
be lIsed to tran sm it gold prices across the Eng li sh Channel, giv in g you a day 's
head start on the market and opening the door 10 arbitrage opportunities. When
the price was lower in Paris, they would purchase it there and se ll it in London.
keeping the difference. Their advantage was information, which was thoughtfull y
transformed into profits.
Deal ing with ullcenainty can also mean being pro-active ;:lnd forcing your oppo-
nent 's hand. When asked about hi s playing. Ed Lasker. one of the greatest chess
players of all time. noted that in order to succeed he would ask himself, "What is
my opponent's present state of mind. and how can I worry him the most?" Simi-
larly, the very best traders have the innate ability 10 look at the market objectively
while at the same time perceiving it from the eyes of the ir opponents. What move
do they fear the most? What wi ll they do if prices go down? Lasker expla ined that
he "sometimes achieved victory by boring my opponents to death, or by luring
A Rare Breed 15
them into allacks when allacks weren't III their nature". Succe«ful lraders apply
these sa me concepts on a day-to-day basis. and use this edge to actively shape their
future by playing to their opponent's weaknesses.
Market panicipants (and pawn shops) know that it is much easier to rip-off
so meone in trouble than to make money through you r ow n tradin g skills, so over
the years they have evolved into effic ient killing machines that would make Darwin
proud. If the market catches a wisp of a hedge fund III trouble. you can be su re
'''''
'.20
"'"
0.75
....
0.<"
""
'\ 3 ~.7~
1 ...""..
/ 4 .""
4 .75
.""
o 2t JuI 10 17 ,.. Aug 7 t4 2. 28 $ep t1 18 25 Oct g 10
How to lo:o.e $6 billion in two months.
I. Antic ipati ng highe r natural gas pn ces. hedge fu nd Amaran th places huge bets
through bullish spread plays.
2. At this point. the big bets are aClUally deep in the black and the fund begins to cash
in on some of their positions. The sudden nood of supp ly gets the market 's attention,
and the NYMEX boys soon real ize that Amaran th is siui ng on a huge long position.
Liquidity dries up and the market begins to turn <IS the rund desperately tries to gel
out of their trade.
3. The selling soon snowballs into a rout and natural gas prices fall 50 % in two months.
Fundamem,tis are pushed aside ilS traders move in fo r an easy play. and word of the
fund's trouble begins to leak out 10 the public.
4. By late September Am<lfrlnth is wiped out. The rrie nd ly financia l community gladl y
offers to "bail them oul" by buying thei r positions at heavily di scou nted prices. Not
su rpri singly. once the bloodbat h is over the market returns to normal trading and
the sweclhei.lrts 111<.It bailed them ou t cash in their positions ror great gains.
that the sharks will move in and active ly push the market agains t them unti l they
are dead in the water. This acti ve " hunting" role is so meth ing that most model
deve lopers do not take into account, and to a large degree it can be sa id that their
"sigma-n ine,,2 events are often self-perpetu ated. If Amaranth had not gone balls-oll t
long on natural gas, for exampl e. the market would probabl y not have dropped like
it did.
FOREXTRADERS
Foreig n exchange speculato rs are often regarded by deve loping nati ons as "eco-
nomic war cri minals" who prey on (he weak and defenseless, yel ask FX traders
and they wi ll tell you that they are si mply the instru ments of global macroeco-
nomj c forces. As George Soros fa mously proclai med, "As a market participan t, I
don' l need to be concerned with the co nseq uences of my Ifl nancialJ acti ons:' In
other words, he did not create the imbalance, so why shoul d he be blamed when
he corrects it?
Forex traders are a unique brand of specul ator with an alm ost monasti c devotion
to th eir pro fess ion, working obscene ho urs and concerning themse lves wi th global
macro eve nts. What effect will the Tokyo eanhq uake have on the Swiss franc?
How will the US do ll ar react to infl ati onary sig ns coming oul of Germany? Try
ex plai ning how you make a living to a stranger (or you r spouse) and they will
look at you as if you are crazy. The abili ty to select. process. and take advantage
of see ming ly unrelated and unendi ng data po ints in the bli nk of an eye is what
sets currency traders apan . Th rough the eyes of a forex trader every asset trade is
essenti all y a bet o n exc hange rates. and those that lea rn 10 connect the dots fas ter
than anyone else end up on top.
The world' s eco nomies are now one g iant interconnected machine, and the grease
that keeps the gears runn ing smooth ly is foreign exc hange. Legendary FX traders
have made their careers by fi gu rin g out. before anyone else. what repercuss ions
eve nt X will have on coun try Y 's currency. This clairvoyance often instill s a level
of se lf-confidence that would hu mble professio nal ath letes. and when combined
wi th the tremendous amounts of leverage avai lab le 10 traders it often leads to some
truly mind-boggling bets.
In 1988. fo r exa mple, when Bankers Tru st hotshot Andrew Krieger was asked
about hi s short Kiwi posi ti o n he famously replied, " How large is the monetary
suppl y of New Zealand ?" Believe it or not. through the use of derivati ves Krieger
man aged at o ne po int to actuall y short more than New Zea land 's entire monetary
su ppl y! Although thi s g utsy bel ended up netti ng him a cool $300 milli on. when
se lf-co nfide nce turn s int o arroga nce the effects can be devastating.
2Nine standard deviations away from the me:ln. or basically a slali::.lic:llly impossible event.
A Rare Breed 17
Why is it a bad idea to give your star

trader the keys to the backoffice?
The trading world IS filled Wlttl stories of one-mcln demolition crews often
referred 10 as' rogue IrDrlers" Her(' ,lrn some of ttle mosllnf;:unous
Yasul Hamanaka. The Sumitomo Corp. traders positions were so huge.

that he eamed the nickname "Mr. 5%~ for allegedly controlling five percent
of the world's copper market. Unfortunately for Sumitomo, his 10 year
career was mostly filled with bogus contracts and fictitious entries meant
to hide his mounting losses. By the lime he was discovered, he had racked
up $2.6 billion in losses which he paid for by doing eight years in jail.
Nick Leeson . Star trader for Barings Bank. his derivative losses hidden in
his secret 88888 account ended up costing the "Queen's Bank~ $1.2 billion
and managed to bring down one of the world's most venerable banking
institutions overnight.
John Rusnak. Allied Irish Bank's chief rogue trader. His out-of-control fx
trades ended up costing the bank a cool $691 million.
Peter Young. Morgan Grenfell's star trader is not best remembered for his
unauthorized trades (a mere $350m). but the fact that he showed up to
court wearing women's clothes in an attempt to plead insanity. Seems like
Young got the last laugh since the court declared him unfit for trlall
4
FX Dealers
To unde rsta nd how deal ers trade, you si mpl y have to understand how deale rs think
(i.e. make money). If the bi g banks arc the FX wholesalers, then dealers are the
sa lesmen trusted to push their in ventory. Like the used cur sal esma n who wants
to cl ear his lot, FX dealers are looking to move as much in ventory as possible
("chopping wood" in dealer s peak) and regularly adjust their profit margins here
and there in order to accompli sh thi s. It may be worth accommodaling a tran sactio n
for a custo mer at a slightly lower commi ssion (or loss) if it means locking up
busi ness from that client in the future.
Because of the whee ling-and-dealing style of their work , deale rs have hi storically
been more associated with the streets of Brooklyn than any Ivy League school, and
they are renowned for bein g quick on their feet and excellin g at order-flow trading;
they are the defi nition of the intra-day trader.
ALWAYS BE FADING
A dealer's motto. Market moves are rarely one-way and dealers understa nd that
the majority of the time intra-day markets are range- bound (around 80 %), so any
sharp move (gap) is likely to be faded by dealers who have the deep pockets and
know ledge that the price wi ll eventu all y come back to them ... at least most of the
time!
Anot her favorite trading rule of the spot dealer is 10 never tru sl the first price.
After a news release, dealers know that the first price print is the knee-jerk reaction
of the market and most ofte n wrong, so dealers routine ly use news events to Rush
out any weak positio ns by movi ng the market again st them. This is co mmonly
known as the "head fake," whereby the price moves sharpl y in one direction before
reversing course, catching many traders off-guard in the process.
EURUSO 1m Chart
,x>
I
rij Il
ll ,~
III, Il,ij'
,-
.•,
,~
1111
GOOD US
DATA, KNEE-JERK ..,
IS TO BUY USC
I' ,.,
h)~",fl'b\
' 1<1
, 1"
III ~ I t..
1 "'1]VFI' DEALER S ABSORB SUPPLY

AND REVERSE THE MOVE 01',
1:30 DA.TA RELEASE

•
Dealers always fa de the first move : hence the saying "never trust the first price."
CAN DEALERS LOSE MONEY?
Yes. A dealer's biggest nightmare is a runaway market. where they are fo rced
to either stop quoti ng prices (and risk losing customers) or continue taking the
other side of the trade and risk bei ng stuck wi th a losing posit ion. Prices can
al ti mes ru n away from a dealer so quick ly that they are unable to offset their
exposure, and leaves the stressed-out dealer with positi ons deep underwater. Man y
ri sk-hu ngry dealers that contin ued to quote prices durin g the USDJPY crash of
1998, for example, were wiped oul. In general, any one-way market is bad for
dea lers, since pri ces do not retrace and they are forced to eventuall y unload their
positions at a loss. However, from a dealer's perspecti ve, thi s is sim pl y seen as the
"cost of doing business."
TRADERS VERSUS DEALERS
Like two heavyweights in the ri ng , traders and dealers regu larly duke it out in the
markets, wi th speculators complain in g about dealers com mi tt ing "highway robbery"
FX Oealers 21
through their quotes and fill s. a nd dea lers complaining about traders " pi cking them
off' in arbitrage opportunit ies. Both have va lid po ints in thi s love-hate relationshi p
(actuall y most ly hate). but in the end one cann ot do with out the other. As in an y
bus iness, good market cont acts and relati onshi ps are fu ndamental to success in the
market , and a trader may put u p with a dea ler's shodd y quotes if he knows he ca n
count on him to take a large C ADJPY order on a Friday afternoo n. for ex ample.
You ca n have the best ideas in the world. but if you cannot fin d a counterparty (Q
take you r trade then you are going to be stuck with just that: an idea.
Of co urse, ha vin g a good re lati onsh ip does not mean you are not willin g to take
the mher party's money. Every ti me a trader pi cks up the phone to deal, he knows
that the person on the other end of the line is goi ng to try to rip him o ff, but s mart
traders also routinely pl ay tricks on their brokers. A favo rite FX tri ck was to leave
small stops with dea lers all over the city and wa it for the m to take the bait before
entering the market with your real move in the form of massive orders that would
catch dealers wro ng-fooled and looking sill y. Similarl y, dealers often know the
pos ition of their cl ient directl y (through the margin depos it ) or indirec tl y (through
industry contacts) and ac ti vely push the market again st them. The street is littered
with stories of o ne part y pullin g the wool over the eyes of the other in what seems
like an end less ga me of cat and mouse,
Forward/Swap Dealers: The most cerebral of the bunch. More concerned

with time than price , these guys have to constantly keep track of value dates
and expirations . Calculations can turn complicated in a hurry when clients
approach them with obscure set· ups for which they must either quote a price
or risk losing a client.
Spot Dealers: Fly-by-the-seat-of-your-pants crowd . Rely more on their gut
than their head. Can instantly calculate averages and are above all concerned
with their net exposure at any given time. Generally more street-smart than
book-smart. they are very attuned to human behavior and trade according to
flows. If they smell blood they pounce .
Retail Spot Dealers : Usually ex-bank dealers that were Mretired Mor decided
to move on to a cushier gig . They occupy an awkward place between the
interbank and the retail market, with most transactions being generally
straight-forward . Cushy job that entails little more than tracking customer flows
and offsetting risk with their market makers. Now and then they organize
ambushes on their clients, something they revel in. To put it in perspective,
the head dealer at one of the major retail FCMs used to show up to work
wearing a cap that read -FUCK YOU ."
Pretty much sums it up doesn't it?

5
Today's FX Market
The enormolls technologica l advances thal we have seen over the last 20 years
ha ve had a profound impact on how the FX market operates. Everything from
backortice systems to tradin g has been affected by the changes, generall y making
things faster, more accurate, and more reliable. Bank dealers are now less like ly
to find "surprises" ilt the end of the day. hav ing second-by-second access to their
exposure. Technology has also enabled a new breed of com petiti on to ari se for the
old-school voice brokers, namely electronic platforms like Reu ters, FXAII, EBS,
Currenex, etc.
Whereas before a trader was forced to make the round s in an effort to find a
price. he can now instan tl y see the best tradab le bid/ask with a single key stroke.
With all of the liquidity providers now imputing their best price into a common
platform, it shou ld in theory be a much better way of going about things, and
for the Illost part it is. However, don't feel l OO sorry for the dea ler, for there will
always be a place for hi s trade. Although electronic platform s are great for "vani lla"
tran saction s, if you are a fu nd trying to push through a large Mexican peso trade
in early Sydney time. your only hope for success is contacting a good dea ler that
can make it happe n. No e-platform wi ll ever make a market out of thin air.
A QUESTION OF NUMBERS
Technological advances have helped d ri ve the growt h in FX turnover, and alt hough
much is said of the tremendous volumes traded on a daily bas is, the oft-quoted
stati stics should be taken with a grain of salt. The FX market is by far the largest
and most liqui d market in the world, with daily FX turnover estimated al arou nd
$2 trilliol1. If thi s seems li ke a lot to you, it is because it is. Compare FX vo lumes
to the tiny $50 billion traded at the NYSE or the $800 billion traded in government
debt and you gel an idea of the size of the market. yet the first th ing to take into
cons ideration when hearing that "FX turnover has increased 50 % over the last
3 years" is that turnover is measured in US do llars. A depreciatin g dollar will
directl y translate into balloo ning turn over volume. l However, even if the figures
are sO l11cw hal skewed, the fact remains that billions and billions arc being traded
every day. So the questi on becomes. " Who is trading all of these thousands of
billions of dollars?"
Today's FX Market
How much are they trading? Who is trading?
Total F)( Tutl'IOY$f Total FX Turnover

by Counterparty
•
What products are they trading? What pairs are they trading?
f X TulflOV(!f bVTran-.acbOO Twa FX Turnover by Currency Pair
Intern ational co mmerce may at firs t seem li ke the obvious answer, yet with
the global economy estimated at 40 trillion dollars a year, in theory all of the
com mercial transactions and corporate hedging would be taken care of in a mere
20 days of trading! The nex l obv ious ca ndidate would have to be hedge fund money,
since nowadays everything is blamed on hedge funds. However, since the hedge
I At constant exchange rares, the turnover increase i ~ around 35 %.

2B1 S Triennial Survey 2007. Visit www .bi s.org for the full repon.
Today's FX Market 25
fund money ull ocaled (0 FX is esti mated to be around trill ion, even leveragi ng
thi s amou nt aggressive ly woul d still leave a gigantic gap in reponing. So w ho is
do ing all the trad ing?
Where are they trading? How are they trading?
Average Oady Volume by

COUNTRY SHARE Dealing Channel
UN ITED KI NGDOM 34%
UN ITED STATE S 17%
JAPAN 6%
SINGAPORE 6%
SWITZE RLAND 6%
HONG KONG 4%
AUSTRALIA 4%
GERMANY 3%
E-Broking
Systems
27% y
The truth is that nobody reall y knows, but it may be the case that turnover
num bers are greatly exaggerated due to the mult ip lying effec t of FX transactio ns
and the use of noti onal funds. For example, when multinati onal X a pproaches their
bank to trade 100 millio n e uros for doll ars, a two-way transacti on lakes pl ace,
so the {I OO milli on goes on both of their books. The bank the n qui ckl y contacts
one of their counterparti es to offset their ex pos ure, which may in turn offset their
expos ure through the de ri vati ves market. A sing le transacti on ca n the refore set in
mot ion a who le set of subseq ue nt transactions totaling well over the orig in al € I 00
milli on in cash.
Although it is hard to te ll exact ly where these fl ows are coming from, w hat is
undeniably true is that FX vol umes have been steadil y increas ing. Volumes are in
fac t ri sing at such a tremend ous pace that only a fundame ntal shift in people's
percepti on of FX can ex plain the curre nt sit uation.
THE NEW ASSET CLASS
As littl e as te n years ago. most asset managers regarded FX as a n a nnoy ing side
transaction that s imp ly had to be done, and most did not pan ic ul arly care for it.
If a large inte rnational mu tua l fu nd wa nted 10 buy European stocks. they would
simply approach lheir c ustodi an bank and tell the m to take care of it. Thi s was a
case of Ihe simpler the better, since in their minds their core compete ncies lay in
picking stocks, Ilot the d irecti on of the doll ar. Thi s may seem li ke a reasonable
approach when things are going we ll , but III times of uncertainlY and low yields,
every penny begins to matter.
After the bursting of the stock market bubble and 11 September, times got
tougher for asset managers and lhey soon began to look at FX with kinder eyes.
They rea li zed lhal the ir FX holdin gs could actuall y be regarded as a separate asset
class, whi ch had to be "optim ized" in their consta nt search for alpha (excess return).
This change in perception proved to be a radical shift for the in vestment com mu -
nity, and continues to be a major driving fo rce in the FX markets today. More and
more funds are now actively managing their FX exposure, ei ther in-house or by
employi ng a currency overlay manager (CO M). This renewed the foclls on FX and
the search fo r yie ld has in turn led to the resurgence of the carry trade,3 which in
turn ofte n leaves stro ng trends in its wake. In an age of low yie lds and in creasingly
competiti ve (effi cient) markets, th is new brand of FX participant is here 10 stay.
Black Wednesday, 1992

Perhaps the most infamous FX trade was George Soros & Co's short sterling bet that
managed to ~break the Bank of England." By September of 1992. Soros and other
speculators had begun to take increasingly large short sterling positions on the groundS
that the UK economy was suffering from high inflation and a slumping housing market.
At the lime, the UK had entered the ERM (forerunner to the Euro) at 2.95 Deutsche Mar1<.s
to the pound, and the GBP/DM pair was allowed to trade a narrow range, with 2.n8 set as
the bottom. If the rate fell below that level, the Bank of England would have to intervene
in order to prop up their currency. On Sep.13th, now known as "Black Wednesday"
several big players including Soros and Goldman Sachs realized thaI the BoE would nol
be able to support the pound Indefinitely, so they decided to stage a massive speculative
attack on the currency. The UK Chancellor tried to stir up some demand for the pound by
raising rates not once, but twice in the same day, yet by evening it became obvious that
they could not continue to prop up "Her Majesty" so they decided to throw in the towel and
unceremoniously withdrew from the ERM . The pound was then free to trade outside of
the fixed range and eventually fell to as low as 2.20 OM. The UK govemment is said to
have lost around 3 billion pounds in their effort to prop up their currency, while Soros is
said to have personally taken home around $1 billion in the process ...... not winning him
many friends in the UK!
Moral of the story: When everything is in your favor, go for the home-run trade.
JSoTTowing a low-yieldin g instrument and trading it for a higher yielding one in an effort to make
money from the yield difference. For example, you take a to.m from the bank at 5 % and buy bonds
yielding 7 %. in effect keeping the 2 % difference.
6
The Players
Since FX prices are shaped by customer flows , in order to fully understand what
makes the market lick we need to understand the players involved and their moti -
vations. Although over half of all FX turnover is handled by the interbank market
(essen tially banks trading with each other) thi s percent age has been rap idl y shrink-
ing (it accounted for two-t hirds of all tradin g 10 yea rs ago) due to the increased
partici pation of sophisticated and varied investors. Where FX was once solely the
domain o f global banks, nowadays a growing number of speculators such as hedge
funds and eTAs actively jostl e for space alongside the more traditio nal players.
In a way, it see ms on ly fillin g that the largest market in the world should al so
have the most varied group of panicipants, and everybody from the hedge fund
crowd to the freq uent flier crowd now has an interest in foreign exchange rates. In
order to simplify things, we can divide the FX market into the four major types of
panicipams: marker makers, corporate accoums, speculawrs, and central banks.
MARKET MAKERS (Dealers)
In contrast to the ot her FX participants, market makers are lhe onl y nOllcustomers
in the market and are there instead to provide a serv ice to paying clients. Banks are
the only o nes wi th deep-enough pockets to handle the biggest of FX transaction s.
from billion dollar M&A flows to structured products for corporate clients, but
since not everyone can trade direct ly with a bank specialist brokerage houses have
long ex isted to handle the " lefto vers". Unlike bank dealers , whose primary purpose
is to m.ake markets for their corporate cl ient base, a deal er for an FX brokerage
should playa blind third-party role by simply matching up the orders of their wide
customer base and co ll ectin g a spread for their trouble (muc h like a specialist on
the NYSE). Speculators can use them to gai n anonymity while trading, prop desks
may li se them for arbitrage, and indi viduals may use them because of their smaller
size.
28 Beat Ihe forex Dealer
Although a dealer's role in the market shou ld theoretically be limited to providing

liquidity for their clients, in reality much more is expected of i.I good dealer. and an
FX desk is expected 10 generate substantial "off-the-books" prallts for the company
by actively trading against their client basco
CORPORATES
Multinationals are the bread-and-butter of the FX world and arc, by and large, see n
as the most logical participants in the foreign exchange market. Along with insur-
ance and pension funds. they are known as "real money" accounts as opposed to
the leveraged crowd, which borrows substanti al amoullls (0 trade. The Coca-Colas
and GEs of the world receive and make payments all over the world. which neces-
sitates thei r in vo lvement in the foreign exchange market. These corporate nows
need to be carefu lly predicted and hedged in advance so that accurate budgets and
projections may be created. Since corporate clients are not a particularly SpeCll-
lative bunch, they arc primarily interested in hedging flows through the forward
market. For them. the less volatilit y, the better.
A well-run and pro-active treasury can have a tremendous impact on a company's
bottom line, as in the case of BMW, which success rull y avoided being hurt by
a 13 % rise in the value of the euro against the dollar in 2003 - unlike rival
Volkswagen , which had to take a €400 million hit because of bad hedging deci sions.
SPECULATORS (Hedge Funds, CTAs, Prop Desks, COMs)
Speculative traders come in all shapes and sizes and tend to be the most interesting
bunch in the FX world. Their primary aim is to generate prolits through their
views on the markel, as opposed to simpl y co ll ecting transaction fees (brokers) or
using FX as a mea ns to an end (corporates). The big players in this group include
prop desks (bank s trading their ow n proprietary accounts), hedge funds. commodi ty
trading advisors (eTAs), and cu rrency overlay managers (COMs). These traders
have an appetite for ri sk and a put-your-money-where-your-mouth -is mentality.
but their use of leve rage also means that they are more prone to "blowing-up"
than other participants. Along wit h dealers. they are responsible for the majority
of intra-day moves.
CENTRAL BANKS
The central banks of the world act as the administrators of th e FX market. Each
national bank is responsible for their currency. and it is nO secret that they often
play active roles " nudging" the market in their preferred direction. Central banks are
loathe to see their currency being used for speculati on. and although their primary
The Playe rs 29
aim in the FX world is to red uce harmful vo latil ity, if fund amental imbalances
exist they wil l sooner or later be refi eclCd in the exc hange rate. Since C Bs love to
sec specu lato rs get hurt. interventions in the market are made at strategic moments
to catch the market off-guard , and sma ll er countri es may choose to cl ose the doors
to specu lators altogether by li miting ca pital fl ows.
THE FOOD CHAIN
FX participants are arranged in a certain pecking order that ensu res that the lOp run g
always feeds on the botto m dwe ll ers. In thi s world, the bottom rung of the food
pyra mid is occupied by the "public", us uall y cus tomers whose fie ld of ex perti se
li es olltside trading currencies (corporates) or unsophisticated market participant s
(retai l). Since everybody feeds off the publ ic (espec iall y banks and brokers) this is
not where you want to be, and if you are a retail trader pay ing a 5 pip spread for
a 20 pip trade then you immed iate ly fa ll in to thi s category.
Hedge fu nds and other sophisti cated spec ulators, on the other hand, are at the top
of this food c hain , Due LO their speed and market insights, these ad vanced pl ayers
are ab le to prey on banks and brokers that are more concerned with coll ecting
spreads than ident ify ing arbitrage oppo rtuni ties, It 's a spec ulator's duty to take
so me of the bank's risk-free profi ts and pocket them for the mse lves.
SPECS
Because a p layer's pos iti oni ng on the food chain is dictated by their leve l of infor-
mation and speed, retai l investors unfortu nately often have a hard time overcom ing
the d isadva ntages that keep them at the level of the " publi c",
THE ROLE OF THE SMALL SPECULATOR
Small specul ators occupy a very peculiar positi on in the FX world , and often
find themselves at the boltom of the food pyramid being preyed upon by more
experienced p layers. Although the odds are stacked aga inst th em, so me retai l traders
do, however, manage to overco me the odds with a mix o f confi dence and sk ill that
any bank trader wou ld envy. Such is the sto ry of Yukiko Ikebe, a 59-year-o ld
housewife in Tokyo who was recently ind icted for evad ing income taxes fro m her
30 Beat th e Forelli Dealer
roughl y 400 million yen tradin g profits, a story th at inspired the head of fore ign
exchan ge at Soc i ~ le General e in Tokyo to proclaim : " She must have made more
than us! Find her and hire he r!" These outsta nding indi vidu als have learne d not
to " fi ght" th e market. becau se the ma rket is certa inl y not fighting them. so they
instead focus their alte ntion on taking whatever the marke t is w illing 10 give t hem,
and going by Mrs Ikebe's ex ample it is apparentl y quite a JOl!
Unfortunate ly these bright Slars seem to be few a nd far betwee n, since the vas t
majority of reta il spot FX trade rs a re just not very good in the long run . Aft er a ll , if
market makers profit by trading aga inst their client bascothen their client base must
be wrong most of the time fo r the m to make money. Re tail traders in a ny market
ma ke great contra ri a n indi cators. and the ir positioning is in fact a va lued commod ity
that is active ly traded upon by many fund s and money man agers. Althou gh you
may think the ir c hances of success are 50150, so me how a mate ur trade rs have the
innate ability to pi ck tops a nd bottom s and con siste ntl y get c hewed up by the
market because o f the ir mi sguided trading dec isions a nd lax money manage me nt
rul es (see below).
IndicatOf USDJPY Dally Pric.
i
CATCHiNG
FALLiNG
KNIFE S
FADiNG TRENDS
-- - - -- -- - - -- -
MIGfX < proprlelory <.. nllmenl rnd'calor overloyed on USOJPY chari R",lallilo,"" dolo Is Ihown In Ur.. y ball
1I.,.lclllrcdcr < ",la!!Y'" p<H,!!onlng (long short) I, indIcated bV the dlltance 'rom th e le'o hne wI'h lIow Ille relleocleod
In bot width Nollce ,eIOlllrad('r I e~lrcm(' pOllhon,ng lendl to correlpond to markellop/boltoml(arrowli)
Retail positioning data provide a great contrarian indicator.

The Players 31
Thi s chart illustrates some of the erroneous logic that is habitually exhib ited by
the retail crowd and exploited by professional s. Creati ve Technologies (C REAF)
is the maker of the "Zen" mp3 player. commonly seen as the bi ggest competitor
to the iPod. or course, being number two does not count for much in a market
dominated by Apple, and the stock price has reflected thi s se ntilnent by trending
lower for much of the year. One day in late August however, Creative announced
after the be ll that it had won a patent-infringement lawsuit against Apple and that
it wou ld receive a one-off payment of $ 100 million in the seu le mcnl.
On the back of the g reat news, Creative's stock gapped hi gher the next day and
traded as high as 7.60, havi ng closed around 6.00 the previous day . The volume
traded was almost len times the daily average, indicating large retail partic ipation.
Dealers were well aware of the news, but maybe surpri singly they begin to sell
soon after the opening bell (they were se lling while the masses were buying).
Why did Lhey choose La go against the lide? If you look at the bigge r picture you
soon realize that although $ 100 million may be a nice chunk of change, it will
in no way alter the prevailing trend - i.e. the iPod will continue to dominate the
market. If the lawsui l had c han ged the fundam e ntal s of the industry (forcing Apple
to stop producing the ir product, for example) then their reaction would probably
have been different , but in thi s scenario they were happy to sell all day long to
the unsuspecting buyers and fini sh the day with a healthy profit when the buying
subsides and the price returns to its pre-news leve l.
CREAF (Croollve Tect<1Cllogy Ltd) N.... ' GS • StockChlirh com

26-J.r..2007 n " .80 0 .84 lowe .7e Close 8 .76
CREAF (Dally)
7,60 710
~¥~~. 7 ,00
~.,I~I~I·
7.20
=
700
~ ~
~r \ ~:;,GAP
• .00
3 ..
..20
2 ..
' ,00
H' \ News Release~ 4.76

~__~~~"~__~"__~__~__~__~~~~,4.oo
Feb W" Apr ... ,y Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct
Dealers in any market know how to make money off retail lraders.
APPLE
.....
.....
....
...
CREATIVE
.....
-......
The trend is obvious. and the market has clearly decided thai Apple has brighter prospects.
THE RETAIL SIDE
OF THINGS
"A broker will only make you broker"
Wall Street saying
R etail FX is not interbank FX, no matter what any broker may wa n! you lO
believe. The prices are not interbank, the size is not interbank. the coun ter-
party is 1101 interbank . and the rul es are 1101 interbank . So what exactly abollt it is
interbank?
34 Beal Ihe Forex Dealer
How a retail FCM's profits are divided
Ret ail Clients
IntroduCing Brokers
TheIr market maker
Agents
The generous spread paid by retail traders is the bounty divided up by your
broker, the manager of your account, and some large banks. Their moti vat ion is
obvious, si nce the more you trade, the more they make. In a scenario like this,
who's looking out for your best interests?
7
Card Stacking
Retail participati on in the FX market is nothing new. Befo re the advent o f the
cum, Europeans were accustomed to dealing with foreign exchange all the time,
and anyone who has li ved in a country with a volatile currency will tell you that
they always like to keep one eye on the exchange ratc. In the UK , spread-belting
shops have long offered " punters" the chance to bel on exchange rates I and in Asia
"Japanese housew ives" and their $ 10 billion of daily trading have been the bane
of market professionals fo r some lime, yet the real explosion in on-li ne currency
tradin g thaI we have seen in the last five years ca n be directly attributed to the
deregu lati on in US markets.
Throughout the 1990s, US futures exchanges complained to the government
that they were drowning under a mountai n of red-tape and o utdated reponing
measures. whi ch increased their tran saction costs and stifled their growth. In order
to help the exc hanges strea mline their operati ons, the C FrC2 passed the Co mmodity
Exc hange Act and Co mmodity Futures Moderni zation Act (CFMA ). Under the
CFMA , over- the-counter market s were kept exempt from US govern ment oversight
and some of the more restri cti ve regulations on futures exc hanges were removed
to ensure their g loba l competitiveness. This, combined wi th the internet revolutio n,
opened Ihe doors for FX brokers (a lso ca lled FeMs) 10 largel a relail audience
and begin offering on-line margin trading accounts. Retail FX brokers thu s gained
legilimacy by placing Ihe "regulaled by Ihe NFA" logo on Iheir websi le, and Ihe
power o f the internet mean t that these start-ups needed little more than a Reuters
line and a toll -free number in o rder to compete with traditional brokerage houses.
The early years of the retail FX market featured a number o f rag-lag outfits con-
sisting of over-caffeinated dea lers in liny Manhattan offi ces offering their clients
spreads wide e nough 10 drive a truck through, and mosl would surely have contin-
ued to li ve an un eventful life had it not been fo r th e coll apse of the internet bubble.
' Fitti ngly. these operatiun!. fall under the umbrella of the UK'!> gambling laws.
2Commodity Futures Troding Conunis!>ion.
36 Beat the Forcx Oealer
With the burst of the bubbl e, FX brokers now had what they had been lack ing all
thi s lime: a cl ient base in love with day trading that was dyi ng to try something
different. The three or four firms that recog ni zed thi s opportuni ty and focused all
of their anemian on their marketing efforts quickly became the market leaders and
have neve r looked back.
These retail operati ons that have mu shroomed in the last fi ve years sit in a
slill -to- be-defined gray area within the FX markel. In theory Lhey should act as
littl e more than middl emen between the true interbank market and their reta il
cl ient base. but un fo rtunately because of the nature of the FX market and the lack
of regul ati on so me of these o utfits brin g to min d the unscrupul ous "bucket shops"
that operated in the earl y part of the 20th century.
In a time when stock market euphori a was grippin g the nati on. the ty pica l bucket
shop of the 1920s catered to the small in vestor with big dreams but lillie market
ex perience. All of the transactio ns they handled were off-exchan ge (wi th the fi rm
taking the other side o f all trades). and in order to increase speed customer orders
were simpl y taken at the counte.-3 and dumped into a "bucket". to be matched and
filled at a later point. Becau se the orders where not immediately olrset in the market,
the shops could either wait until the price moved in their favor be fore fi lling them
(keeping the difference) o r wait until the end of the day 10 match buys and sells
at the ir ow n "adj usted" price. The dea lers that ran the shops knew that in a time
of delayed q uotes and nontransparent pricin g, cl ients had lillie way of know ing
where the market stood at the exact moment they placed their orders. and thus they
would likely be satisfied as lo ng as their o rders were fill ed within the hi gh/low
of the day. Because of these ad vant ages. bucket shop operators fo und it relative ly
easy to shade prices and take large chunks fro lll both the bu yers a nd the se ll ers.
Unfortunate ly, tod ay's retail FX brokers share man y trai ts with these outl awed
operati ons, incl uding:
Nontransparent pricing. The FX market is an over-t he-counter market, meaning

the price your broker gives you is (he price you get. You have no choice in the
matter. Prici ng is not done th rough a central exchange. so it may be difficu lt for
the trader to determine if their broker is quoting them "fair" prices or if they are
shading the pri ce in their favor.
Encouraging overleveraging. Like the bucket shops. retail FX brokerage fi rms

prey o n (he small , un sophi sti cated in vestor. By extollin g the virtues of 200· 1 lever·
age. traders are encouraged to overex pose themselves and be qui ckly wiped out by
small price moves.
Trading against your clients. It is standard practice in the FX world to trade

against your clien t base. Retail trade sizes are too small to be immediately offse t in
l Hcnce the term oveHhe·countcr (OTe) for noncxchangc transactions.

Card Stacking 37
the interbank market. so your broker is rorced to take the o pposi te side of the trade,
at least temporarily. The bro ker may then wa it until the cl ient fl ow is surfi cient
to o rrset with their market maker or Ihey may choose to hold the pos ition and
effec ti vely trade agai nst their client s. A "no dea ling des k" poli cy simpl y means
that dealers ha ve been replaced with mach ines. but the fact that they trade aga inst
YOli re mains.
Unfair practices. Although the odds were stacked aga inst the bucket shop client.
smart traders co uld, and did , make money fro m them. Jesse Li vermore,4 for
examp le, became so good aI pick ing stoc ks th at he was soon banned from all
the bucket shops in the East Coast. Casinos do not like winners a nd neither do
FX brokers. A cas ino may sen d a crooked deale r to stop the win ner's streak and
retail FX firms may resort 10 denying service or complicating execution to such a
degree th at it makes trading impossible. If anything, th is sho uld be a clear sign
that your broker is trading against YOll , since it beco mes evident th at your broker
is los ing money if you are posting profits.
The questi on that co mes to mind is, "Wh y would bro kers behave in thi s manner?
Isn' t it in their intereSllo see traders prosper and have the m as l o n g~ l enn c1iems?"
"Common ly known a~ Ihe "grc3Iest Irader of all timc" for hi~ tape-reading 3bility and his correci lim ing
of the stock market crash of 1929. After a series of ups and downs Livermore ended up laki ng his
own life in a NYC hOlel room in 1940, helpi ng solidify the notion that great tmdcrs often make for
miserable indiv i dual~ .
The simple answer is " no". Since stati sti cs show that most traders blow- up their
accounts before reaching their first anni versary, it is in a broker' s best interest
to gel as much as they can as qui ckl y as they can. There is no such thing as
a "long-term" relati onship between a market maker and hi s cl ients, and whil e the
degree of dodgy ness may vary fro m shop to shop. the capital markets were fou nded
on greed, not charity. Stories of bi g in vestment banks ripping off large corporate
cli ents routinely make the news, so is it reall y any surpri se to hear that retaillraders
do not fare any better? Since deal ers routinely change jobs and li ve on a daY-la-day
basis (or bo nU S-la-bonus, actuall y) it should come as no surpri se to learn th at they
focus purely on short-term profits. A trade is a trade and a deal is a dea l, so do not
expect an y sy mpathy fro m your broker/deal er an ytime soo n. Arter al1. he is not
exactl y selling ladi es shoes, either. A dealer's j ob is a risky one, an d he knows that
if you could. you would probabl y rip him off in a second, so why should he treat
you an y differentl y? Although I am sure squeaky-clean shops ex ist somew here, I
ha ve yet to come across any.
MARKETING MACHINES
Traders have to reali ze that behind all of the smoke and mirrors retail FX brokers
are, above all , marketing machines. The more accounts they open, the more money
they make . Becau se the average survi val rate for traders is so low, in order to
survive they need a constant How o f new or returning clients, and although some
brokers may claim to have over "50K+ clients" in reality the vast majority of those
account s ha ve been dead for quite some time. The actual figure is probably cl oser
to a 10 % retention rale, and eve n the people running the trading hou ses have no
problems di scuss in g the dread ful odds their c li ent s face. According to Drcw Niv.
chi ef executi ve of FXC M, " If 15 % of day traders are profitabl e, I'd be surprised .'"
To secure thi s constant How of cli ent s, brokers spend vast amounts of money on
marketing schemes that I am sure you have been the target of in the past. They will
try eve rythin g from huge internet adverti sin g ca mpai gns to direc t mail offerings,
eve n goin g as far as holdin g trading "conferences" or "seminars". In the end . you
can rest assured that they want a return on their in vestmcnt : your money.
Take, for ex ampl e. their much-hyped "fo rex trading contes ts" that promi se to
reward the bcst traders with monthl y cas h pri zes. What could poss ibl y be wrong
with rewardin g good traders? A lot, actuall y. Tradin g contests and drea ms of a large
payoff pl ace people in direct co mpetiti on with each other. wh ich, as you may know,
tends to onl y encourage ri sk takin g and lead to terrible money management deci-
sions. If you are tradin g to beat your ne ighbor. not simpl y to make money for your
own account, then you can rest assured that you (and your neighbor) will soon fi nd
yo urself broke. Even if we manage to put aside the eth ical dil emma these contes ts
~ Currcncy Markets Draw Speculation. Fraud . Waf{ 51 jmm/{/{. 26 July 2005 .

Card Stacking 39
bring up and focus squarely o n the dollars and cents, we st ill find brokers coming
out on lOp even when they are the ones paying out to traders on a monthly basis.
Layers between the retail trader

and the interbank market
Each layer represents an e)(tra cost. The more

layers between you and the mai1<et,
the higher the costs.
Going by the figures posted by onc prominent broker in their "mjni" trading
contest, four hundred participants with a minimum of $500 in their accounts were
involved in the monthly trading contest, which gave out cas h prizes to the top
three performers ($2500, $1000, and $5(0) as measured on a monthly percentage
return basis. Out of the four hundred accounts, the lOp three winners all recorded
monthl y returns in excess of 200 %. Most probably these guys simply leveraged
their accoun ts to the max, picked a volatile pajr, closed their eyes, and bought.
Not much ski ll was involved in that brilliant strmegy. The really interesti ng part
comes when we sh ift the atlention away from the winners and focus instead on
the results of the rest of the field. Out of four hundred participants, Jess than 150
finished the month above breakeven (a surpri singly high number, actual ly), and the
rest finished with a losing record. or those with losing records, 55 recorded Josses
in excess of 95 %; in other words, their accoullls were completely wiped out. Now
if we compare the payout the broker made to winners ($4000) versus the accouIllS
that were blown-up (at least $27 000) you quickly get an idea of who exactly the
winners in thi s ga me are. This type of game where lots of small accounts vie for
a big payoff is nO( new; it is usually just called a lottery.
In this sense, forex brokers are simply great at twisting the truth and transforming
the laughable into something deemed va luable by traders. Such is the case wilh their
40 Beat the Fore): D ealer
now-popular ;'hedging" capabi lity. Who else cou ld co nvince trade rs that paying
twice the spread s imply to be Hat is act uall y of benefi t 10 them? These guys shou ld
run for Congress!
PRICING
Since retail FX brokers do not have to offset client transactions in an exchange,

pricing dec is ions become criti ca l. Large reta il FCMs have their own market makers,
a Citi or Gold man for ex am ple, which offer them a I pip spread or less on the most
liquid pairs, whi ch they use as their ind icati ve pri ce. To thi s rate, they add thei r 2
or 3 pips (or more!), whi ch is the rate clients see in thei r trading platforms, which
enab les them to captu re a ni ce 3 or 4 pip risk-free profit on a rou nd-trip trade -
not bad for si mpl y ac ting as the middle man between the FX "wholesalers" and
the rctai l buyer.
However, because these middlemen are free ( 0 manipul ate their price feed, they
can essenti all y show their cl ients any pri ce they wa nt , and the same person that is
do ing the buyi ng and the selling also becomes the person that controls the prices. If
this smell s fis hy to you, it should ; after all, it is the primary reason why exchanges
were created in the first place, si nce the lack of transparency always plays into a
dealer's hands.
Pri ce shad ing occ urs when a broker either del iberate ly stall s their price or shows
Slightl y hi gher/lower rates in anticipation of a move. If a broke r is convi nced that
the curo is going higher, for exa mple, he wi ll shade his quotes s li ghtl y higher to
benefit fro m the move. Th is is all fa irl y common practice in the FX world. yet even
morc appalling manipul ati on takes pl ace when brokers deliberately spike their feed
in order to take OUi custo mer orders. If a dealer notices that a bunch of good-sized
stops have gathered nearby (reme mber, they know where your stops lie!), he may
choose to mOllnt a n attack on them with hi s budd ies or momentari ly sp ike his price
feed just enough to take them ou l.
Naturall y, the move will be seen as si ngle blip. not enough to be traded on,
but enough to trip the cl ient stops (see below). If a cl ient co mplains, brokers
are shi elded by the fact that there is no ce ntral exchange from which to compare
seco nd -by-second pri cing. and are free to offer up any excuse for the move: "There
was a large order th at pushed th rough the market" or the class ic "Ou r feeds are
faster and refl ect true interbank movements," In reali ty whal they are dy ing to leil
you is, "Th anks for noti ci ng; th at was a great move! We na iled you!" I'm sure
most retai l traders have experienced such infu riating behav ior. but the nature of
the market makes it hard to enfo rce such downri ght fraud ulent act ions.
Card Stacking 41
.- .-
.- .-...
... ...
.- --
.-.-
.-
,.-
-- IIj , -
l~ ::
NO SPII<ESEEN
OHANOTMER
n :1O PRICE SPlIIE PRICE FEED
.-
T"'I(ES OUT THE STOPS
stTlIoEl owme
PREVIOUS LOW
..................... .......................
"'
.- .---...--.....-.
... ..................
.. ........ ,. ..... ' ..............;.-..;=
,. .u....... . .-
FEED 1 FEED2
02110
GBPUSD Tlc~ eM"
" .n .,
......
11511
.-......
•no
.-
-
u_
..
,,-
' .~_ _ 1.7971 ' ....
.-. .
..,
..".
_- - - - - _- -
.. '... ............ . .. .........
............... . .............. . . ..
An example of price manipul ation . With two feeds from two different FX brokers, you can
see how at the same moment one price spikes while the other one does not.
8
Don't Trust Your FCM
As the Chinese ge neral Sun-Tzu Ollce said. " Keep your [riends close and your
enemies even closer." A ll traders should heed th is advice and keep a watchful
eye on their FX broker. T hese days. dodgy acti vity seems 1O be more oflen the
norlll than the exception, so it is imperative to cond uct your own due diligence on
your broker before opening an accoun t. Do not assume that because they proclaim
to be large and "well respected" in the ind ust ry that that makes them upstanding
guys.
According to the NFA, before choos ing a broker you sho uld keep some of these
things in rnind :
You arc relying on the dealer's creditworthiness. Basicall y, if Ihey go down.

you go down. Since retail off-exchange forex trades are not guaranteed by a clear-
ing organ iza ti on, the fu nd s that you have deposited are nOI insured and do not
receive a priority in bankruptcy. Even custo mer funds depos ited by a dealer in an
FDIC· insured bank account are not protected if the dealer goes bankrupt (re mem-
ber REFCO anyone?). so you shou ld first check with the CFTC's website and see
the state of their balance sheet.
There is no central marketplace. Un like regulated fu tures exchanges (C BOT.

CME), in the retail off·exc hange forex market there is no central marketpl ace with
many buyers and sellers. The fo rex dealer determin es the executio n pri ce. so you
are relying o n the dea ler's integrity for a fa ir price.
The trading system could break down. If you are using an internet-based elec·
lronic system to place trades. some part of lhe system could faii. In the event of
a system failure, it is possible that , for a certain lime peri od, you may not be able
to enter new orders, execute ex isting orders, or modify or cancel orders that were
previously entered. A sys tem fai lure may also result In loss of orders or order
priority.
You could be a victim of fraud. As with any investment, you should protect
yourself from fraud, Beware of in vestment sche mes thaI promise significant returns
with little risk . You should tak e a close and cautious look al the investment offer
itself and continue to monitor any in vestment you do make.
AI the time of writing, third-party so licitors for retail spot forex trading were still
not su bject to regulatory oversight, and Illay make misleading st3!emelHS and false
promises to their heart's content. A Google sea rch on the term "forex" wi ll quickly
reveal all kinds of scam s and false promises made poss ible by la x government
oversight.
OVERSIGHT
NFA Compliance Rule 2-36(b)( I) sta.es .hat:
No Forex Dealer Member or Assoc iate of a Forex Dealer Member

engaging in any currency futures or options transactions shall cheat,
defraud or deceive, or atlcmpt to cheat, defraud or deceive any person.
However, one quick visit '0

.he NFA, CFrC, or FSA (U K) websi.es revea ls .ha.
so me of the largest retail FCMs have been reprimanded for things such as:
• C laiming slippage-free execution, guaranteed fill s on stop- loss and limit

orders and price guarantees on market orders. when in fact the FCM did
not provide any of the above.
• In times of volatility. changing the execution trade price post-fact after it
had already been confirmed to customers earlier in the day.
• Continuing to advertise "sli ppage-free" execution even though they knew
it was not possible.
• Ad verti si ng "colUmission-free trading", impl yin g that the FCM does not
make any money from the tran saction s.
• Employing nonmember third-party soli citors using misleading promotional
materials to soli cit customers.
• Clai ming that "customer funds are segregated and safe at all times" when
in fact they are nOl.I
!You can check your broker in<;tant ly using NFA BASIC (hnp:/Iwww.nfa.fUlurc)'org/b:I<;ic).
Don't Trust Your FCM 45
Even if they do get ca ught. most fi rms are let off with a slap-on-the-wri st fine
and never have to admit any guil t. The problem is that alth ough it is a valuable
instituti on. in the end the Nati onal Futures Assoc iati on is a self-rcg ulaLOry age ncy,
and asking forex brokers to "self-reg ulat e" themsel ves is like asking athl etes LO
se lf- reg ul ate themse lves for steroid abuse. It is just not very effecti ve.
The Co mmodit y and Futures Trading Co mmi ss ion, on the other hand , is the
government -sponsored body that o versees all ex change-related acti vity in the US
(FSA in the UK). These are the guys that send crooked dealers and pOll zi sc hemes to
jail, but their FX overs ight is limited beca use of the spot market's over-the-counter
nature. The CFfC is set up to regul ate exc hange-traded markets, 50 in FX they can
do little more than enforce outright scams and fraud .
The one way that the CITC and NFA have found to effecti vely push the smaller
FCM5 out of the market is by enforci ng the minimum net capital requirement s.
which up until recentl y have been lillie Illore than a joke. Because the ri se of the
retail forex market caught regulators sleeping, looph oles in outdated 30-year-old
mini mu m fundin g regul ation enabled new FX brokers to establi sh themselves with
littlc, if any, capital. These fl y- by-ni ght outfits (o ften companies repeatedl y crcated,
and closed, by the same indi viduals) we re opened with as little as $250 000 in
capital, and could therefo re not withstand even the small est adverse turn of events
before go ing under. Although thi s sho uld have scared the daylights out of their
retail clients wi th milli ons of do llars in nonsegregated trading accounts, most of
the time they were blissfull y unaware of the consequences (until it was too late)
due to a lack o f awareness programs. The subsequent bankruptcy of several small
brokers (th at took their client's mo ney with them) fi nally led the government to rai se
the minimum net capital requirement and begin to crack down on these woefull y
underfin anced operati ons.
As of now, the minimum net capit al requirements have been rai sed to several
milli on do llars (see Notes secti on fo r the full regu lation ) and the o nce-nonex istent
aud its have been stepped up dramati ca lly. A futures commission merchant who
is not in compliance with these requirement s has ten business days 10 achieve
compliance or immediately cease do in g business and go imo liquidation, which
still leaves retail client s o ut in the cold. Slowly but surel y thi s has begun to weed
out most of the dangerously under-funded brokers, yet Illany more "borderline"
brokers still remain . The o nly way to ensure the safety o f your funds is to o nl y
trade with brokers who are well above their minimum capital requirement s. FCMs
are required to file mo nthl y reports with the CITC stating their current finances,
but remember that since these reports are only audited o nce a year you are for the
1110st pan relying on your broker's word. 2
2A full version is available online: Imp:/Iwww.cftc.gov/marketreportsifi nancialdataforfcmsiindex .htm.

As of 3 1 May 2007. thi s was how the major FX brokers stood:
In good standing Borderline
FXCM $5 t ()()() 000 Money Garden (MG) $3 399 844

GFf $48 000 000 Forex Club $3 304 000
Ounda $44 ()()() ()()() MB Futu res $3 080 000
FX Solutions $20 000 000 GFS Futures & Forex $3 074 000
Gai n Capital $20 000 000 N,Hions Investments $1 699 000
CM S $10 000 ()()() Veiocity4X $ 1 587 ()()()
SNC Investmen ts $ 1 565000
Direct Forex LLC $1 523 000
Fi niFX $ 1 464 000
One World Capi tal $ 1 105 000
Royal Forex Trading $ 1 102000
FX DD $78 1 ()()()
The bottom lin c is that loday's relail spot FX market is the Wild West of the
in vestment world , where virtuall y anythin g goes. Government ove rsight of such
a complex and fundamentall y OTe market is very hard to implement, bu t if the
shoddy dealings continue then look for much tighter regul ations to be implemented
down the line, al tho ugh the retai l FX bro kers will surely not go dow n without a
fi ght. In fact, FX bro kers are raking in so much money these days (hundreds of
milli ons o f doll ars) that they have even hired their ow n lobbyists to keep govern-
ment at bay. You know yOll have hit the big time when you can afford to bu y a
lo bby!
DEMAND CHANGE
For the retai l trader to get a fa ir shake, the decepti ve dealings (l ong outlawed in
most other markets) mus t sim ply come to an end . How ca n the FX brokers defend
the ir acti ons (some of which ca ll for jail time in other markets) and continue to tell
th e ge neral public that intra-day FX trading is a great "i nves tment " and deemi ng
it "easy"? How can they co ntin ue to do bus iness with people that so li cit clients
through fa lse marketing and fraudulent claims?
New regul at ion needs to be put into pl ace that will guarantee transparency in
pricing and safety of fu nds to the reta il cl ient, but it is up to the average trader to
plant the seeds of change by com pl ain ing vigorously to the gove rn ment authorities
at the sligh test hint of dis ho norable dealings. We wi ll all be in 11 bette r place once
a fair set of rul es are adopted that lets both brokers and traders flourish. After all.
fa ir dea lings should be every broker's duty, not choice.
9
Third-Party Services
The retail FX market's rise in popul arity has created a whole new side- industry
focused on providing a range of services geared toward the rctail trader. Hundreds
of companies now offer clients great money-mak ing trading signa ls or programs.
and hitherto unknown market participants have now suddenly become recogn ized
market ·'ex.perts" eager to di spel thei r bou nd less wisdom 10 traders (for a fec. of
course). Need less to say , the actual serv ices Lhey provide leave much to be des ired.
LeI me put it thi s way: if you had a proven, money-making FX trading system
would you sell it La the genera l public? If you had a proven system that accurate ly
predicted winni ng lottery numbers, woul d you sell it fo r $50 a pop? Probably
nol. Hedge funds and private traders spend milli o ns of doll ars developing and
safeguarding their trading systems, but you can sti ll fi nd hu nd reds of different
trading programs fo r sale on the internet or trad in g magazines. Common sense
tell s us that these "systems" are probably not very good to begin wit h.
When looking (It third-party providers. it is good to be more than a bit skeptical
of their services. For exa mp le, if the "guru" you are look ing at does not trade hi s
own recommendations. then what is hi s downside? If the resuhs cannot be veri fied
(note that simply posting them on a website is not verifying them!) then what is
the poim?
IF THE SUBSCRIPTION IS FREE, HOW DO THEY MAKE MON EY?
To ensure that you are gell ing a fair shake, it is best to make sure that the "expert"
or "system" has no relationship with any broker. A dead giveaway is them asking
you to trade with their "preferred" broker, which is just another way of saying that
they make a pip or two out of every trade that you place. You want to steer clear
of anyone making money from your trading. since at the end of the day they do
not care if you win or lose money: they just want you to trade.
Looking around the internet I have also seen many " me ntors" popp ing up, who
offer to show traders the ropes in exchange for a fee. Although the practice of
48 Beal the Fore1l: Dealer
mentori ng has l ong been establi shed in the markets, paying someone for thi s kind
of service is si mpl y a bad ide .. : all you have to do is understand their motivation.
When a new trader joins a firm he will pair up with a more experienced trader
who w ill teach him how to become a great trader. The motiva ti on there is si mple:
they have a vested interest in seein g their pupi ls succeed because of the lime and
money they have in vested in them, and the hope is that they make milli ons for
the whole compa ny. Now compare that to menLOrs offering (0 leach you for a fee .
What is their motivation? To make their pupils succeed or to simply generate fees'?
If this mentor/trader is so great. why is he teachin g random strangers? The truth is
that before these guys became popular FX guru s. they were se lling miracle brooms
on infomercials. In the rea l world , mentors choose their stude nt s, not th e ot her way
around.
The best mentors you ca n possibly find are friends or acqu aintances who m you
know to be good Lraders, since they have verifi ab le results and their motivat ion is
clear.
SCAMS
According to the CFTC, the amount of FX sca ms has skyrocketed in the last few
years. This is a direct result of the increase in popularit y of forex tradin g and the
lax overs ight by governm ent agencies. A quick web sea rch is enough to show the
full range of forex scams out there, so me prom ising 1000 % return with no ri sk!
Before enterin g into any investment scheme. every investor should regularly check
the CFTe's website and also make a point to regularly check www.futuresbuzz,eom
for the latest industry news and FX sca ms.
THE GOOD GUYS
Therefore, if look.jng for a second op llli on. who do you tru st? There are many
great analysts and third-party serv ices out there; you just have to make sure you
pick the right o nes. A whole commu nity of professional technicians, econo mi sts,
and analysts ex ists to service the institutionallrading industry. providing innovative
trading ideas or market advice. The difference is that Lhey mak e their mOlley th rough
their calls (reputation) not through your trading (by getting referral money fro m
the broker). I ha ve personally used several subsc ripti on services in the past, wit h
varyi ng results, but have noticed that good services have a few thin gs in com mon:
• First, they are not cheap. As the sayi ng goes, you get what you pay for.
• Second, they have a track record. Not just a coo l website.
• Third, they have real-world FX trading experience. They can be ex-prop
lraders. dealers, Ireasu rers. etc. Bas ica ll y lhey know how the rea l FX world
Third-Party Services 49
works. and lake into accou nt the manipulation, aberra tion s, and "irra ti onal-
ity" thai sometimes prevails in these markets.
• Fourth, there is a time and money ~ management aspect to their analysis.
It is useless to tell the average trader that the euro will drop to 1.20 if
first they have to go through 300 pip gyrat ions and wait for three mo nth s.
Opportu nity cost is a real cost for most traders with limited liquidity. The
last thing you want to do is have your eq uity locked in a trade that is not
movi ng whil e bypass ing other (maybe betler) trading opportunities.
The bOllom line is thaI every g rem trader has paid their "t uiti on" to the market,
usually in the way of years and thousand s of dollars. Don't expecl much from a
$19.99 system. Success is the d irect product of hard work and determination. and
you have to learn to trus t your ow n analysi s and trading ski lls. Remember that
self-confidence is a hallmark of all greal traders.
RULE 1. Never take the ad vice of someone who is not willin g to put money
behind their so-call ed analysis. If they are not will ing to take a hit, then what
is their down side to mak ing a prediction?
RULE 2, Never listen to anyone "talki ng their book", Most jokers on chat
forums are sitting o n positions deep underwater and are desperate to get ou t.
Any advice Ihey can possibly give you is losing advice and shou ld be used
as a contrarian indicator if" anythin g, Even the big names routinely talk their
book. When Bill Gross of PIMeD (bi ggest bond trader in the world) appea rs
on CN BC {O give hi s views on the market. do you rea ll y thin k he is go in g to
say something thai goes aga inst hi s positions?
10
Fighting Back
If you are feeling d iscouraged having realized jus t how far the odds have been
stacked against the individual trader, rest assured that there are a few si mpl e mea-
sures that can be immediately implemented to gain back some of the lost ground.
The brokers may have initially gained the upper hand , but they have by no means
left the retail trader without recourse.
USE DIFFERENT PRICE FEEDS
If you use the same price feed on your trading platfofm and your charting appli-
cations, then you are essentially trading wit h bl inkers o n. By limiting yourself to
your FCM 's artificially created bubble, you are giv in g up the power to become
judge and executioner. Your Sl OpS may be run or you may trade off manipulated
prices, but you wou ld never reali ze that the moves did not correspond to the genera l
market.
As a trader, you want to remain at all times objective and have as broad a view
as possib le of the market, something that cannoL be accomplished using a single
feed. Having a second or third feed is your way of getting a "second opi nio n'·
on the market and gives you a way to confirm the price actio n. Your platform
feed should onl y be used for placing trades, bUL you r strategy and analysis should
rely on the purest, most unbi ased price feed you can find. Most retai l traders do
not have the luxury of trading with a Reuters or EBS feed, but rest assu red that
alternative sources can be found. Every trader should spend some time comparing
different feeds and charts to see how they perform in fast-moving markets when
reta il platforms regul arly freeze their prices (and notice that demo feeds are different
from li ve feeds). Having a stable and faithful charting appl ication is espec iall y vita l
to all short-term traders.
Do a search for yourself and find one thaI suits you r needs, but remember that
mosl of these "informative" websites are ac tuall y run or sponsored by brokers, so
make s ure that you know where the price feed is com in g from. It may be worth the
added cos t of subscribing to an indepen dent and dedicated charting package, since
the benefit of rece ivi ng an accurate picture of the market wi ll more than offset the
cost in the long run. Before choosing one. however. ask them who provides them
with the ir streaming FX data feed.
KEEP DETAILED RECORDS
The nex t thing that traders can do to gai n back some of the 10s1 grou nd is to keep
detailed trading records. The number o ne reason is that 1110St sli ghted traders find it
difficult to take action against their broker owing to lack of ev idence. Clients may
feel cheated when their orders are not fi lled correctl y, orders disappear from their
sc reen. o r when they find open trades suddenl y closed, but it is all very d iffi cult
to prove. When you call you r broker to co mpl ain you may Slate that "my order
disappeared! ", to which they may reply "do you have proor?" Th is ortell turn s
the matter into a your-word vers us their-word scenario. whi ch is why it becomes
imperati ve to keep good trad in g records.
An easy way to do this is to take scree n shot s. You ca n find and down load
a variety of applicati ons o n the web, and taking screen shots of your orde rs in
the market, trades. or any other important market activi ty (like unlawfu l price
spikes) gives you a solid fo undation on which to argue any future di sagreement.
Profess ionals do it and so sho ul d you.
OFFICIAL ACTIONS
If you feel you have been wronged and ca nnot come to a suit able agreement with
your broker, do not hesitate to contact either the CFTC or the NFA. Although most
brokers wi ll usuall y fold when threate ned with official ac ti on. if they inste,ld choose
to ca ll your blu ff go directly to these agencies since both offer programs thm may
help clients resolve di sputes with brokers. You do not need to hire a lawyer to fi le
a complaint, and usuall y laking thi s initial step is enoug h to sca re a broker into
a (reasonabl e) settlement. since the last thing they want on th eir official record is
anoth er di sgruntled trader.
The NFA offers an arbitration program to help customers and NFA Members
resolve dispu tes. Informati on abou t NFA's arbitration program is ava il ab le by call-
ing Nl--"A at 800-62 1-3570 or visiting the Dispute Resolution secti on of its web site
al www.nfa.fulUres.org.
Similarly, the CFTC offers a reparat ion program for resolving di sputes. If
you wa nt information about filing a CITC repa ration s complaint, contac t the
CFTCs Office of Proceedings al 202-418-5250 or visi l the CFTC's webs ite al
www.cftc.gov.
In addition. if you suspect any wrongdoing or improper conduct by your FCM.
you may file a co mp laint wit h the NFA and CITC by telephone or onli ne:
Fighting Back 53
www.nfa.fu tures.org/basicneticompiaint.aspx
www.cftc.gov/enllenfform.htJ1l
Your broker is banking all the fact that most clients do not go through the hassle
of report ing their bnd habits, so do everyon e a favor and co nt aci the authoriti es if
you suspect suspicious activ it y. In the end , it is up to traders to monitor and stay
on top of all forcx brokers.
TRADE WITH THE CME
If you are fcd up wit h your broker's obnox ious habits, an obvious alternative to
trading with an off-exchange broker is to trade through an exc han ge. The C hi cago
Mercantile Exc hange operates its own clearing house and virtu ally eli minates credit
ri sk by acting as th e counterparty lO every transaction. An additio nal benefit to the
indiv idual is that yo ur funds are held in segregated account s. meaning that they
are protected in case of bankruptcy (unlike online brokers). Hedge funds and
individual traders have used the CME for years to transact theiJ' FX business. so
take a look at the ir FX offe ring and see if it is right for you.
OPENING A TRADING ACCOUNT
Make sure to check your broker first. Visit the NFNCPI'C/SFA websites
and don't trade with any rirms not under their oversight. Bener yet, perform your
own due diligence and go visit their office!
Don't judge a broker's e xecution by their demo accounts. Demos are

marketing gimmicks meant to lure people into trading. The execution on
your demo account will be perfect, unlilce when you go "live".
Always remember that the cost or switching is low, but the cost of
staying with an unfair broker is huge!
Use your trading platform ONLY to e nter and exit positions
Constantly lookmg at your ch anging P/L wlll prove hard on your psyche
and makes many traders enter/exit then positions too soon. ProCessionals
don't fix theIr attention on their P/L, but rather on the price action.
The blmkIng pnces and constant sWings In equity are used by brokers
to distract the trader and amplify the gamblIng instinct. Try instead to
think oC the moves in terms of pips, not dollars and cents.
TRADING HABITS
Of course the number one thing traders can do to shift the odds in their favor is
to become benee traders. Thjs sounds obvious, but it is true. It is much easier to
place the blame on bad dealers, systems providers, CIC., than on yourself, and for
all of the shoddy dealings a reta il trader may receive, at the end of the day it is
usually their lack of experience and/or bad trading habits that are responsible for
the miserabl e results.
The learning curve can be steep and uncompromi sing, and in thi s market there
is no free lu nch to be had. All traders, even the most successful ones, have paid
their " tu ition" to the market and all realize that the key to becom ing successfu l
is survi val. Simply put, (he longer you stay in the market the better you r chances
are of turning into a great trader. For new traders this means establishing your
survivability in the market and for experienced traders it means not fa lling into
bad habits.
Obvio usly, even with all of the sophisticated chan ing and ana lyt ical software
avail able nowadays success is still extre mely diffi cu il to accomplish, and moving
up the learning curve can take a degree of dedication, capacity. and motivat ion that
many traders simply do not possess. This leads many retail traders to "olilsolirce"
the ana lyt ical work to a third party, whi eh can prove extremely hazardous since
before you know it you find yourself bli ndly fo llowing the advice of some market
guru, expen, or system. If it were only so easy! The actual decision-making process
is the hardest pan of trading, so make sure that you keep a firm grasp on it.
Once we put as ide all of the nonsense handed out by brokers and guru s, it is
li me to get into the meat of becoming a greal FX trader. What exactly does it take
to post steady profits in thi s business? What trading ru les do professionals ad here
to? What FX tricks exist out there that can help improve you r performance?
T he second half of this book is intended to give active traders the information
and tools they need to survi ve in the FX market and begin developi ng their own
hab its and techniques that will turn the m into successful traders.
0
JOINING THE 10 /0
11
Becoming a Great Trader
Anyone who has ever traded knows that it can be an ex hausting psyc ho log ical
battle th at leaves you mentally and physicall y spent at the end of the day. Although
trading is not easy, many people choose to make it even harder for themse l ves by
simp ly jumpi ng in without laki ng a second LO understand the different styles and
how they relate to their personality. By trading "against the grai n", you are setting
yourse lf li p for a constant personal psychological battle (s hould I cut or stay) that
often leads to bad decision maki ng, losses, and unhappiness.
Matching up your personal it y wi th your trad ing style helps to minimi ze these
personal battl es, and if you arc a new trader, the first step should be to figure ou t
what kind of trader you have inside you.
TRADING TO YOUR STRENGTHS
Ass uming YOLI think you have the skills and dri ve needed to become a great trader.
figuring out what kind of tnldc r you want to be (more than j ust a "winning trader"!)
is a critical step that requires some personal reflection. Although thi s does not
require you to tra vel 10 the Gobi Desert {Q find yourself, you shou ld spe nd so me
lime figuring Ollt what trading approach best suits your personality.
For example, if you feel you are patient methodical. and can generall y keep
your emotions in check, then you may be nefit from trading on a longer time frame
::Ipproach. Do you prefer to play chess or video games? On the other hand, if you
arc a high-energy, im pati ent, and emotional indiv idual, you Illay choose to trade
intra-day for the in stant gralific3I ion it provides.
The difference between holding longer· term positions and going home every
night flat is more than j ust a techni cal one, si nce watching profits flyaway du ring
momentary retracemen ts can prove more painful to some th an takin g small losses
in tra·day. Need les.!. to say, the best lraders are com pletely detached and have abso-
lute ly no probl em watc hing their P/ L gyrate, but in rea lity they are few and far
between.
All traders, whether self-Iaught or not, must at some point ask themselves thi s
questi on: "A m I improving?" Answering this q uestion honestly wi ll save you a
mou ntain of heartache down the road. si nce it is of no use to waste valuab le lime
and money doing something that docs not fit your sk ill sel, If you feel that you are
improving (measured by your P/L), then Sli ck wi th il. If ancr several years you do
nO( see any improvement in your trading, then you mu st have the courage to ca ll it
quits. Some people make good archilcclS, so me make good traders: it is as sim ple
as that. I cannot make a jump-s hot to save my life, so I make no pretension of an
NBA career.
If, for whatever reason. you are set on becoming a trader. proper money man-
agement is by far the most important factor in ach iev ing success. When you think
about it, most trade rs spe nd most of their time tryi ng to figure out when to trade.
instead of how much to trade, whi ch is surprising given that money management
is the ollly thing a trader can actuall y contro l!
There is no guaranteed way to make mo ney (except coll ectin g spreads), and even
the best and the brightest arc often wrong more th an they are right. Th e market
is bi gger than you, biggcr than me, and definitely smarter than all o f us. We are
bo und to be wrong and make mi stakes, bUI proper money manage ment tec hn iques
enabl e us to weather sustained drawdowns and live to fight another day. Funni ly
enough. the bi ggest publi c mi sco nception abo ut traders is that they regu larl y take
huge ri sks, whcn in realit y great traders aim to minimi ze their ri sk relati ve to their
returns at any given moment.
Whether trading a mechani cal system or in a discretionary fas hio n, all traders
should know beforehand how much they are wi ll ing to wager. Ask yourse lf: how
do I determine my positi on size? How do I set my stops? All too often traders
choose arbitrary numbers that ha ve little to do with pro per mo ney management ,
and ex it accord ing to their " pai n threshold" instead. O ur inn ate fear of failure makes
us place too much importa nce on not losing. rather than learning to manage our
losses comfortabl y.
The good thing about money manage ment is that it is easy to implement.
Although good trading systems may be impossib1e to find. good mo ney man -
age ment rules do ex ist, a nd the best way to see if your money man agement needs
tweaking is by lookin g at yo ur results. For example, if you r losers are substantia ll y
smaller than your winners, then you may wa nt to cons ider taking sli ghtly larger
posili ons. If you consistentl y post large wi nners and losers, you should consider
tak ing smaller pos itions to miti gate th e risk of ruin. Proper money management
ma intains the all -imponant ri sk - reward ba lance in check, and although your plans
may vary from those I present here, the bottom line of any sys tem shou ld be the
same: to minimi ze the chance of blo win g-up. Lon g-term success in thi s business
is achieved by acc umul ating steady profits and occasionall y hitting the home-run
trade, and the lon ger you stay in the market, the more times you get to sw ing at
the bu ll.
Becoming a Great Trader 59
OVER LEVERAGE
Some years ago, Procter & Gamble blindly entered into a series of leveraged deriva-
tive trades and di scovered to their great surprise thal leverage nO{ o nl y magnifies
gai ns but, more importantly, it al so magnifies losses, in the ir case to the tun e of
$300 million. This incident brought to life the ri sks of leverage to the corporate
crowd. bUl retail traders are still all 100 often unaware of the inherent ri sks. Lever-
age. or gearing, is a double-edged sword that sho uld be used sparingl y, something
not helped by the fact that retai l FX brokers constantly extol the virtues of 200- 1
leverage. By making it seem that "with $ 1000 dollars you can cOnlro l $200 000" is
a good thing, they suck naNe traders into the leverage trap, since co nstantl y ove r-
leveraging you r trades is the equivalen t of always dri vin g at 100 mph ... soo ner or
later you are goi ng to crash and burn.
Taking a $ 1000 starting balance. if you were to trade $200 000 in EURUSD. a
mere te n point move (a 0.1 % move) against you wou ld translate into 20 % of your
accoun t eq uity getting wiped out. In fact, just by e ntering the trade (spread), you
would alre;:ldy be down 6 % on the trade, wh ich is much more than any permi ssible
loss. Trading position sizes thi s bi g in re lation to your account size mean th at you
are essen tiall y trading yourself into a corner, and any market noi se is bo und to wipe
out your account. The brokers love thi s. of course, si nce it mean s easy money for
them. If you are overleveragin g your trades. then you may as we ll be handing over
your cash to your broker.
Professional money managers generall y use no more than two to live times
leverage. and the retail in vestor should definitely not use more than ten. To put
that in perspec ti ve, using ten times leverage on a $ 1000 account means that the
price would have to move 1000 points against you before your account is wiped
out. That is a lot of room to maneuver. and it gives the trader greater fle xibility.
FLEXIBILITY
Choosing the right amount of leverage is the first c ritical step in maintaining your
Oexibility in the market, wh ich is criti cal if you are to survive for the long-haul.
Flexibility in trading mean s giving yo urself options: optio ns to enter a trade, to stay
in it, and to exi t. By becoming overexposed to anyone position, you essenti ally
remove options from your tabl e lI ntil you are faced wi th an "all -or-nothing" trade,
and in the FX world your surviva l is measured in days, not years.
Since the currency markets are not one-way streets, the normal gyration s of the
market mean that. given time, you will usuall y have an opportunit y to get ou t of a
bad trade or elll er a posilion that you may have mi ssed. Most traders have had the
frust rating experie nce of gelling Slopped-out , only 10 see Ihe mark et relu rn bac k
60 Beat the Fo rex Dealer
to your entry at some po int later in the day. The only way to gel around these
sometimes arbitrary market movements is to Slay flexib le and trade mu lt ip le lots.
By trading on ly one lot you are essent iall y making a 50/50 bet that the rate will
move in your directi on. Besides not being very wise (it has a negative expected
outco me when you take the spread in to cons ideration). it is also not much fu n. You
should try to thi nk of your in itial entry as your lOe testing the tc mperal llre of the
w.ater in the pool. If you find out it is too co ld. then you can sit it oul . but if it is
j ust the right tem perat ure. then you are free to j um p right in. Trading small unti l
you think yOli have all of the informa ti on and confirmat ion YOll need gives you the
flex ibil ity to properly posi ti on yourself for the move, or pu ll out with a small loss
if your analys is proved incorrecl. As YOll may well know. for some reason the FX
gods see fit to lest our melli e every time we enter a trade by moving the market
immed iately agai nst us, bu t trad ing mUl ti ple lots means that our first ent ry does not
become critical and we g ive ourselves a cushion whil e the market decides where it
wan ts to go. Trad ing in this way also means mi ss ing ou t on far fewer trades when
compared to the all -in approac h. since pulling the initi al trigger becomes rather
painless and makes the dec isio n-mak ing process much less stressfu l.
To properly trade mult ip le lots you must fi rst calculate the tota l amount you are
willin g to risk before you enter you r trade. Again. different traders take different
ris ks, bu t it is safe to say that the intra-day trader should not risk more th an 1- 2 %
of their account size o n anyo ne position. This means that for 11 $ 10 000 account.
your loss should never be greater than $200 0/1 alt lors combillel/. Look back on
your trad ing and see how big your losses typicall y are. If you are an intra-day trader
and eve ry time you lose you end up taki ng a 3- 5 % hit, then YOll need to stop
immedi ately and co me up with better mo ney ma nage ment rul es. Th is is the same
type of ana lys is that profess iona ls regularly run on the ir tradi ng. and it proves ve ry
insight ful since the reaso ns fo r your underperforma nce wi ll most often be glaring.
Tradi ng wi th prope r mo ney manageme nt rul es wi ll not guarantee you ~uccess,
bu t it wi ll prevent you from fa ll ing into the money trap. The "more I bet. the more
I wi n" ment alit y is not for traders but for gamb lers, and using their logic is a sure
road to ruin. Avo id ing th is trap simp ly means learn ing to manage your lo!;ses by
using simple guidel ines:
• Never risk more than 2 % on anyone posi tio n.

• Never trade more than five ti mes leverage on any onc position.
• Trade Illult iple lots wilh multi ple enlries.
• If you ca nnot afford mul tiple 100 000 lots. trade mini lots.
Becoming a Great Trader 61
If you don't think trading mistakes will happen to

you, just take a look at what some " pros" did:
2003: Shares in now·bankrupt internet finn Exodus surged more than 59000% after
a bank trader accidentally bid $100 for shares that were trading around 17 cents at
thetlmel
2002: A colossal blunder by Bear Steams saw the firm sell $4 billion worth of stock
at the closing bell instead of the Intended $4 million I Fortunately for the finn, they
were only filled on $6oom or so of the orders before realizing their goof.
2001: Just before the close of the UK mar1<.et, a fat-fingered Lehman Bros employee
mistakenly sold $SOOm worth of stock - 100 limes the Intended amount. The slip-up
temporarily dropped the FTSE more Ihan 2%!
2001: An absent·minded UBS trader hoping to sell 16 shares of Japanese company

Denlsu al6oo000 yen each mistakenly sold 600000 shares al16 yen each! Before
he knew it, the trader was already $120m in the hole ..
1998: Perhaps the most classic blunder of all time was made by a now-infamous
Salomon trader who Is said to have accidentally sold £850m worth of French
government bonds...... slmply by leaning on his keyboard!
12
Picking the Right Approach
Ahhough proper money management gui de lines are the fo undations needed to
support any sort of trading strategy, a l the core of all trading is the fund amen-
tal reasoning. a model or system used by traders to enter and ex it positions.
Broadly speak ing, FX traders can be div ided into the funda me ntalist and the tech-
nical crowd. On the one hand, fundamentalists choose to pl ace their bets based
on macroeco nom ic fac tors such as interest rates. GDP, inflat io n, CUf f e nt account
imbalances, etc.. and their relation to a currency's intrinsic "value", Much like
eq uity managers who like La buy "underval ued" co mpan ies, fu nd ament al traders
use econo mi c models to forecast theoretical exchange rates a nd trade deviations
from these.
The tech ni ca l c rowd, on the other hand, cares less about the underly in g eco nom ic
pict ure and instead prefers to re ly on two things on ly: time and price. In their
think ing, a currency's past behav iour is the bes t predictor o f fut ure exc hange rates,
so they focus on identi fy ing pu rely mathemati ca l reasons for entering/ex itin g trades,
such as buying a curre ncy after it moves X % in a one d irection or usin g chart
patterns to gui de their trading.
Althoug h the fun damentalist approach may seem li ke the more logical way to go,
extens ive researc h in to the matter actua ll y ind icates that techn ical trad ing is a much
morc profi tab le way to trade FX. Although the "value investo r" mindsel may pay
off in equ ities, it seems that this line of reasoning is utterl y useless in forecasti ng
exchange rates (es pec ially in the short run) because of central bank intervention and
other market nua nces, and it gets dec idedl y beaten by using a simple rando mizer
model. Thi s may exp lain why eco nom ists' forecasts are undeni;:lb ly horribl e, and to
the short-term trader it means th at they should focus their attenti on on the techn ical
side of tradi ng, i f only for the simple reason th at it seems to be more profi table.
Tha i bei ng said, tech nica l trad ing is no sure road 10 ri ches either.
USING TECHNICALS
Since the advent of tradi ng. the lrad ing com munity has been obsessed with ways
of predicting or forecasting the future through their use of model s. As computa-
ti onal power increased over time, so did the popularity of technical or quantitative
trad ing model s and now a wide variety of these are used, ranging from sim-
ple mov ing-average systems to complex neural network algorithms. Unfort un ate ly
most, if not all , models have built-i n biases, so an unquestioning belief in them
is eXLrcmely dangerous. To prove thi s point. a famous study was co nducted where
thousands of different indicators and technical 100 is were tested in an cffort to find
the best forecaster of US GDP growth. After an exhausti ve search and counlless
regressions, o ne leading indi cator was found that seemed to fit the data pertect ly:
buttermilk production rates in Bangladesh! Yet I still have not figured out how to
get that on my Bloomberg.
Most ri sk models still in use today co nsider the one-day October 1987 mar-
ket crash to be a one- in -a- billion event, or the stati stical equiva lenl of getting hit
by li ghtning <I nd being attacked by a sh<lrk at the sa me time. Lon g Term Cap-
it al Management and ot her see mingly advanced hedge funds were done in by
these "sigma-ni ne" events, something that probabi listically speaking is so unlikely
(accord ing to their risk model s) that it s imply does not happen. If that is the case,
then how is it that we keep witnessing these "impossible events" over and over
again?! It is certa inl y not due to a lack of intelligence or computing power on
their part.
In order to understand beuer why all probability-driven model s have limi tations
that will eventuall y lead them to fail spectacul arl y. il is usefu l 10 look at a very
s imple exam ple. Imagine yourse lf silting at a stop wa iting ror the bus to come. You
kn ow the frequency of the bus service (every ten minutes), but not the actu al arrival
lime. If the buses run according to schedule, then the probability of a bus arriving
in the first minute o f you getting to (he stop is one in ten. The longer you wait , the
higher the ch<lnces of the bus arriving any minute, <Ind if you h<lve been silting at
the stop for nine minutes then you can be prelly sure that the next bus is around the
corner (at least that is what th e model pred icts). More sophisti cated models may
take in w account the ave rage time it takes for a bus w arrive, or externalities such
as weather and traffic, b ut ei ther way the mode l still essentia ll y says that the more
you wa it, the higher th e probabi lit y of the bus arri ving, Of cou rse, the average
perso n has enough common sense to begin to di strust the model o nce fifteen or
twenty minutes have passed, and you begin to ask yourse lf. " Is thi s bus ever going
to come?" Maybe it broke down or had an accident. Rest 3ssured that after a
sufficient amount of time has passed, there wi ll be no one left at the bus stop - no
I Hedge rund managers have long made run or the quant model .... and orten juke 'Thi~ is terribte! Today
[just had a loss that's a nine s igma event! That' s the third time thb year!" (even thuugh it <,hould only
happen once in ten tholLsand years or morc).
Pickins the Right Approach 6S
one except the model. that is. People are smart enoug h to reali ze when the ru les of
the game have changed (the bus schedule becomes useless after a certain amount of
time has passed ), whi le probability-driven mode ls never take in to account the fact
that the Illodel itself Illay be wrong and Lhus conti nue to waiL for a bus thaL may. or
may not, co me. This criti cal fla w is essenti all y what makes model-dri ven trading
approaches blow-up spectilcul arly, and common sense di ctates that the world is
simpl y a lot more co mplex than any risk-model bui lder would have you believe.
Technical trad in g proves espec iall y attractive to retai l traders because it offers
a way to " make sense" oul of a sometimes se nseless market. and many find the
possibilit y of discovering th e "holy grail" of tradin g systems simpl y too good to
pass up. Yet those obsessed with trying {Q find Ihe indicator or trad ing system would
be beuer served in spending that time trying to understand the market instead of
tryi ng to outsmart it, since the onl y money- mak ing machines that I know of are
ow ned by the central banks of the world.
The clear benefit that sys tematic trading gives us is order. Ha ving a clear, orga-
ni zed, and coherent strategy is fundamental to trading success. Although in the end
your "system" mayor may not prove to be profitable. you sho uld always ha ve a
clear understanding as to why yo u are entering the position, and techni cals help
us tremendously in thi s regard . Generally spcaking, the simplcr the model, (he
more elega nt and useful it becomes, since charts filled with lin es, indicators, and
all kinds of techni cal tool s on ly serve to distrac( the trader away from the crucial
price action. A( a time when quantitative trading has been fin all y accepted by the
general trading com munit y, the intrinsic virtues of techni cal analysis are hard to
discern since often it is traders' combined acti ons that turn them into self-fulfilling
prophecies. If everyone follows the sa me indicator. then when it fl ashes a buy sig-
nal everyone will go ahead and buy ... and surpri se. the price goes up! A kind of
"chicken and egg" scenario has emerged and. 1110re importa ntl y, the retai l crowd's
love of tec hni cal analysis has al so turned "obvious" techni cal levels into a mag-
net for stop hunters. Many funds (includ in g ours) acti vely front -run other people's
models by anti cipating the trading signals their systems will generate and then
positioning them selves for the slight pop created by their executi on. If anything.
you shou ld make a poi nt to stay away from any clear techn ical levels. since the
price action around these are bound to be full of dealer mani pulation. which is
why it is never wise to trade breakouts in FX . With the amount of pricc " manage-
ment" that goes on in the forex world , fal se breaks are more often the norm (han
the exception. Cha nces are that Olher traders wi ll have also identi fied the sa me
important support/resista nce leve ls that you did, and set the ir stops accord ingly.
Dealers know thi s. obv iously. and routinely go after them, thus creating the fal se
breaks.
Learn to use technical indicators. but also learn when to ignore them. Find
something thilt works for you and stick with it. We know that no strategy is
always profitable. so the key for technical traders is to ident ify and understand
66 Reat the Forcx Dealer
your system 's strengths and weaknesses. This lets you limit you r exposure in tradi-
tionally bad times and double-up in the good ones. Does your system work best in
hi gh-volatility or slow markets ? Does it work best in ranging or trend ing env iron-
ments? Does it work best for USD pairs or others? These are the types of questions
you should be asking of you r system, since just like the blackjack player YOLI want
to end up betting only when the odds are in your favor. In iso lation all technical
tools are essentially the same. and only in their application will you find the true
differentiator. This is why I think it is vital 10 keep a discretionary eleme nt to your
trading, even if it is simpl y knowing when to turn you r system "on" or "off". We
know that the only in strument that ca n co ns istently beat the market is the human
mind, so make sure to use it.
DISCRETIONARY TRADING
Purely di scretionary traders rely on their experience, gut feeling, and reading of
the price action to make trading deci sions. and for FX traders thi s mean s coming
to grips with what makes the market tick. Intra-day FX pri ces are shaped by Haws,
and as we know these flows may be the speculative bets of a large hedge fund or
they may simply be the hedging activity of an exporter. Either way, supply and
demand is what sets short-term prices, which is why we say that in FX there is no
suc h thing as a fair price. Even if the macro backdrop favors a dollar decline, a
large buy order will disrupt prices in the short run and drive the dollar higher until
the demand is sati sfied. For the intra-day trader the thinking beh ind these flows is
not important; price is all that matters.
Getting a proper "feel" for the market comes down to understanding the price
action. Price action is that mag ical thin g that scares traders oU{ of their positions
and lures them into traps. Wat ching the bids and the offers get hit is the equ iva lent
of the old-(jme tape reading made famous by Jesse Livermore and other "pun ters",
who used to read the ticker tape attentively in an effort to gauge short -term price
trends according to pri ce and vol ume. Price action reflects the tug-of-war that is
co nstantly goi ng on between the buyers and the sell ers in the market, and to the
experienced trader it can al so be a wi ndow into the market' s footing.
Since shol1-term price movement s are large ly dictated by th e maneuvering of the
" big boys" in the market, it is in the interest of every small speculator to close ly rol -
low the price actio n in order 10 find the " footprints" that all large players inevitably
leave behind. Needless to say, reading price action is easier in exchange-t raded
markets, where volume information is avai lable and institutional block orders are
more easi ly detected, but in FX those wit h no flow information can still glean
the market 's intentions by lookin g at the order How informati on lefl behind in (he
form of chart patterns and noting how pri ces react near important pivot points.
Correctly reading price actio n is not something that can easil y be ta ught. and over
lime traders find that it is more of an art form than a sc ience.
Picking the Right Approach 67
EURGBP IrailY Chart
••-
Results of one of MIGFX's .. r-------------------------~,--,---,
source. Trades/a/Ion B. All reseNed.
All mechanical trading systems have built-in biases and flaws that you must be aware of.
One way to properly gauge the state of the market is by studying charts. Chart s are
so valuable to the intra-day trader because they paint a graphica l representation of
the price acti on, and over lime tclhale pallerns eme rge thai ca n g ive us an ins ight
into the market 's footing and inten tion.
EURGBP Oaily Chart
.-
-
..
,
~
."
II
''',
"- •
"r-~--------------------------,
The same model applied to
a trending market, with
terrible results (right). The
key now becomes
recognizing when a market
Is trending or ranging.
source; graph and results calcul/Jted usmg Irltdes/a/IOI'I

,--
ts. All ngflts rtJSfJN8d
Systematic trading systems arc all bound to fail systemati call y sooner o r later. which is why
keeping a di screti onary element is vilal.
Familiarit y wilh price action reading is the key to di scretionary trading and all ows
traders to lime mo re acc uratel y their technically or fundamenta ll y inspired emries
and exits. The po int is not necessaril y to trade off the pri ce action direc tl y, but rather
to learn to " predi ct" moves so that yo u can antici pate the market reaction and plan
yo ur res ponse according ly. With the help o f a fast feed traders ca n Icarn to intcrpret
th e pri ce acti on by simply looking at the way pri ces reilcl near important leve ls.
Picking Ihe Righi Approach 69
.......~_ _ High of the day
... No demond
... Opening prIce
... Closing Price

~ No supply
I
low 01 the day
DOJI
Nobody Is willing to buy near
the highs or sell neat the lows, Shooting Star
thus the market settles on an Coming at the end at an uptrend,
equilibrium point. Should be the price ocHon shows that the
regarded as a warning sign
I market Is lacking the momentum
to sustain higher levels (new high
that a change In direction may printed but sold off) and that profit
be Imminent. Bids and offers taking Is entering the market.
are equally weighed at this Should be taken as a warning sign
point and pressure may that the trend may be near Its end.
come trom either side
Hanging Man
It seen at the end of an uptrend (ealled a hammer
In a downtrend) It should be taken as a sign of weakness.
The market Is unable to record new highs and Immediately
sells-off. Although the sell-off Is bought Into (possibly
buying the top?), the price action Is telling you that
people are keen to take proflts and that a second
sell-on may foree the long's hand.
Cand le<;lick reading is a grc~' 1 way 10 vi,;ual iLc Lhc pri ce acti on and identiry mean ingful
setups i nM<lTllJ y,
For ex.a mple. if a large option is rumo red to lie nea r a big fi gure, the price acti on
near the figure will usuall y let you know exactl y what is bei ng protected, and how
vigorously. If the pair is so ld off as it approaches the bi g fi gure bu t is then quickl y
bought back 10- 20 pips lower, th at may be a signa l that the option protectio n
guys are rc-Ioad ing (se llin g near the fi gure and then covering their shorts). If thi s
happens several times then you can be prett y certain thatlhey are indeed protectin g
70 Beat Ihe Forex Dealer
IEAl·MONEY MOVE
PRICE ACTION 'AmIN ISTAIR CASE) -
THUNG YOU THAT SHORTS AItE HOLDING
ONTO THEil POSITIONS, EXPECnNG
LOWER lEVELS. MOVE IS LIKELY TO
HAVE SOME LONG -TERM IMPACT,
-
C IT-Finance.com
•
Footpri nts that real-money driven J1love~ leave behind.
UWCH'SmC_
'"
SPECULATIVE "HOT MONEY" MOVE

Sharp one-sided movelollowed by ""
1;1 slow r.trocemenl of the entire move.
Typlcollpeculotive price acHon, .."
where shorl·term trod.n ore eager
to cosh In tnelr poslflons IOf lOme ""
quick pl'Onts, Nolilkely to hove ony
long-Ierm Impact. '"
--
© IT-Flnance,com
.. II ,. I. .. OM .. ."----",,_.,, '~---'-'_" ". .." .. .. "... .... ~,.. ". .... .. .. _ " " " .. -
Typical speculati ve pri ce act ion.
Picking the Righi Approach 71
their option, and you shou ld keep an eye on the London or NY options cut after
whic h the sellin g may di sappear and the rate may be free to move higher. 2
In order to read the price action properly, start by asking yourself these types of
quesli ons:
• What does the market do immediately afte r news is released?

Inilial move higher. followed by a rapid sell-off (deale rs arefllding the move:
no real dema11d).
• How is the price behaving on approach to an import ant resistance level?
Dips seem 10 be shallow and lillIe relracemenl is seen (real money demand:
dealers are working a mountain of buy orders and buy eVelY dip).
The answers to these types of questions wi ll give you an insight into the market 's
pos ition ing and let you adj ust your trad in g accordingly.
Those looking for more detail ed trading techniques will find them in the
Appendi x of thi s book, where things such as how to enter/exit positions. set stops,
and lise price action effectively are addressed.
2A common option structure in the FX market is the "one touch" or " no touch" digital options. where a
player bets Ihatthe price will (or will nol) trade al a certain level before expiry (London or NY oplions
CUI). Thus. if Ihe option buyer is belling on a certain level being hit. if they are large enough they will
usually pro-actively gun for that level, while the option writer (typically a bank) will try to protect il
until expiry so that they do not pay OUI .
FX TRADING TIPS
13
Adapting to the FX Market
Traders entering FX from ot her capital markets quickly real ize that trad in g cur-
rencies is a quile different beast altogether and that their tried-and-true techniques
simply do not work as we ll as they did with equ ities, for example. This is because
the forex market's unique structu re sets it apart from the major exc han ge-traded
markets around the world , and requires most traders (0 go through a period of
adj ustmenl.
Perhaps the most obvious distinction (a nd difficult to handle for individual
traders) is the fact that the foreign exchange market trades continuo usly 24 hours
a day, seve n days a week . Global commerce does nO( take time off, and neither
does FX. With the help of technology, trading now takes place around-the-clock,
and although your broker may not accept orders over the weekend, you can res t
assured that Ihe FX market is awake and that someone, somewhere, is dealing.
TRADING DIFFERENT MONEY CENTERS
This co ntinuous market action makes it di fficu lt for new participants to adjust 10,
and new traders will find that their tradin g style and technical ana lys is often needs
some tweaking in order to functio n properly. Si nce there is essentially no market
"open" or "closed", tec hni cians strugg le to use their candl esti ck reading tec hniques,
wh ich are orten not read il y applicable. After all , everything is relati ve in FX, and
a trader's open in Tokyo is not the same as a trader's open in London. Instead
of rel ying on exchange-mandated hours, traders have to therefore find alternative
ways to break dow n the day 's trading.
A clever way to do thi s is to treat each trad in g session independentl y usin g
4 hour charts, which lets us div ide the trading day into three eight- ho ur trad in g
sessions. By doing thi s. we are beller able 10 see each region's ri sk ap pet ite and (he
long trading day now becomes morc manageable. Since three major mo ney centers
are responsible for the vast maj ority of FX turnover, thi s lets us accu rately divide
76 Beat the ForclC Dealer
it into the Asian, London, and New York trading sessions, and each of these has
its own unique characteristics and trading style.
Asia
The majority of th e turnover in thi s lime zone is handled by Sydney, Tokyo, Hong
Kong, and Singapore. Because each center's banks are ill active competition with
each other. thi s creates a more fragmented market when compared 10 the others
and translates into jumpy price action and unsustainable moves. The main players
in the Asian session are commercial names (exporters) and regional central banks.
both of w hi ch love to enter the market in order to dampen vo lati lity.
London
London's "City" still holds its traditional role as the FX capital of the world.
havin g a deep, well-developed market and the ideal time zone for FX trading.
Along with London , a host of other European financial centers such as Geneva,
Paris, a nd Frankfurt add further liquidity to the market creating a deep market
across the board with every m(~or FX player in ope ration. The moves that take
place in London are genera ll y " rea l money" in spired (~upported by large corporate
Haws or M&A activity). which can have big impacts on intra-day price action.
espec ia ll y arou nd the lime of the London fix. All of this liquidity means that
the moves generated in thi s session are all -important, since the amount of money
needed to move a market this deep can tell us quite a bi t about market sentiment
and positioning.
New York
Although New York comes in second to London in terms of vo lume, trading fall s
off precipitously after 12 pm. The market is at its deepest and most active in the
morning "overlap" hours, when the big boys like to make their op inions known by
trading yards at <I time. Liquidity for Latin A merica n currenc ies and the Canad ian
dollar (whe n Canadian banks are open) is a l ~o at its deepest here. meaning that if
you a re trading the Loonie. then you mu st trade these hou rs.
PASSING THE BATON
Although each of these trading sessions is in fact unique, their interplay creates
some typ ica l trad in g patterns Ihat traders should be aware of. Starti ng with Asia,
the day's trading c haracteri st ica ll y opens with a flurry of early activity as dealers
Adapting to the FX Markel 77
move rapid ly to process th eir backlog of outsta nding orders. To the yen or Aussie
trader, the first couple of hou rs after Tokyo opens are all-important since they
usually feature most of the fireworks in this session. The lack of market depth
means thaI. more often than nOl, you will find Asian players testing the limits
of any prev ious range (possib ly record in g marginal highsllows), only to fall back
and consolidate the move for the rest of the session since volati li ty- hating central
banks and exponers love to turn th is session into the day's consol id ation session
(especially if big moves were seen earli er in New York).
London, on the other hand. has always been the market trend-setter, and not j ust
in fas hi on. Although the ini tia l moves may not begin in London, thi s is where the
large players operate and get a chance to swing their big sti cks. Moves initiated and
extended in London should be taken seriously since it is the on ly money center with
deep enough pockets to overco me any "artificial" interference such as central bank
interest. Thus you typically see mighty London picking a direction and sti cki ng
with it until New York enters the fray , making fad ing moves a dangero us spo rt
during these hours.
Liquidity map. Light sect ions indicate deep liquidity, darker ones are "thin" market hours.
By the time North America opens for business, the FX baton has been passed
around and by th is time most intra-day bets have already been placed. This makes
New York a tri cky time zone trade , since large amounts of specul ati ve money
combined with important economic releases turn s New York into the prime
78 Beat the forex Dealer
reversa l sessio n. In the first hour of trading, New York traders high on triple
espressos will typ ica l ly take it upon themselves to extend any moves initiated in
London, trying to squeeze Qu I the last pips from the market before the economic
news hit the screen s. However, because these releases can have dramatic effects
on the dollar thi s rapid fe-evaluat ion combined with dealer manipu lation creates
some difficult situations for day traders.
Vou often find reversals starting in thi s way: at around lOam New York time.
the major news releases have been out and traded on, leaving London traders with
a day's worth of profits or losses to manage. Now, if you arc a trader in Europe
who is about to head home for the day. you know that liquidity dries up fas t after
the London fix so you will begin to slowly close your books around thi s time.
You are careful to tip-toe your way out the door instead of rushing for the cxits.
since you know that any rush (meaning that the orig inal move was artificial) will
flood the market with supply and turn your winncrs into losers in mere minutes. Of
course, everyone is thinking the same thing, and the greater foo l theory takes over
to get the ball rolling aided by the liquidity crunch. This creates a sudden ru sh in
activity that can easily turn winners into losers or losers turn into di sasters. which
is why you want to make sure that your profits have been booked by the time the
fix comes around. To the nimble intra-day swing traders these late morning New
York reversals are a gold mine. especially since the remainder of the day is simply
spent by New York dealers handling modest flows and jockeying with the IMM
guys in Chicago until Tokyo comes back on line.
Important times of the day that all

traders should be aware of
(GMT)
00:00 Sydney Open (good time for an ambush)
11 :00 UBOR Spot Fixing (manipulation)
15:00 London FIX (corporate and -must do~ flows)
17:00 NY options cut (manipulation)
18:00 Europe closes their books (reversal time)
19:15 Close of the IMM (last minute positioning

19: 30 by Chicago traders)
Manipulation and abnormal moves

are common during these times, so
keep your eyes peeled and walch your
stops!
Check your own local time

Adapting to the FX Market 79
USING A ROLLING PIVOT POINT
One of the best ways to cou nter some of the technical problems discussed previ-
ously is to use a pi vol point for each one of the day's trading sessions. A pivot
point is that special line in the sand where most traders turn from being bearish
to bu ll ish (or vice versa), and just like in sports when you feel the momentum
shift from one tea m to another, these "shifting points" ca n be used in FX to tell if
sentiment has sw itched to being positi ve (long) or negative (short). This lets you
get a feel for the market sentiment, and basically means that if the price is trading
abo ve the pivot, you wallt to play onl y the long side, and if below, the short side.
There are several ways of calculating pivot points, with the classical one used by
most Chicago boys being:
(High + Low + Close)(3 = Pivot
We can use the 4 hour chart to calculate the next pivot point, so all that is req uired
is simp ly to plug the va lues of the last 4 hou r bar into the pivot formu la to find
the next session' s pivot point, thus giving us two pivot points per session (six per
lrading day).
GBPUSD 3th ellalt

..".
,••
'..
"
'
,
..••....-,
,-,-.-,
-..
~ 1.9051 Pivot point for 08:00-12:00
posITIve ,
,- -
....
,_.
M'
'M _ _ _ _ _ _
~ _
- - OS,OO
_ _
M,"" "Opeo"
." _ _
NEGATIVE
_ _ _
,-,
,.-.
C IT-Flnance.com
Once YOll have yOUf pivot point , play the market from the long side if the price is above
the pivot and from the ShOft side if below.
~
04:00-08:00 08:00·12:00 12:00·16:00
1..
.•f"·r . .
1: 1.9070
I ~I ."•
1.9051 PIvot
..!l.
"
~
6'
A rolling pivot point recalculated every four hours is a gcxxl indicator of market senti men t and nows.
~
li'
"-
~
"
Adapting to the FX Markel 81
The thinking behind pivots is simple yet powerful: if buyers are will ing to pay
more for the same thing today than they were yesterday (or four hours ago), then
at least for the Lime being flows must be positive. Although you should not trade
the break of this pivot. it is. however. a nice way to manage the continuou s market
acti on by breaking down each money celller's risk appetite and integrating it with
your other analytical tools. By applying this filter to our technical signals. we are
ab le to only accept "buy" entry signals if the price is trading above the pivot, and
only accept "sell" signals if below. etc.
TIME MANAGEMENT
Although the FX market can accurately be described as a 24 hour market, no trader

can possibly hope to keep up with this nonstop action. All FX traders suffer the
consequences of following the market, and you can usually identify them by the
bags under their eyes and the Reuters machine next to their bed. Depriving you r
body of much-needed sleep is so meth in g that many new retail traders overloo k to
their detriment, and understanding when 1101 to trade ca n be just as important as
when to tmdc.
Professional FX operations keep up wiLh the market by employing 24 hour
trading desks with two or three shifts, splitting up the day's time between traders.
Ailhough Lhey may keep some odd hours. FX dealers Slill wake up, go La work.
and go home. Similarly, a retai l trader cannot possibly hope to keep up with the
whole market and must learn to manage their lime accordingly (especiall y for
those trading from home). Spending 20 hours a day in front of the sc reen is si mpl y
not a good way to foster lon g-term success, since it will eventually eat into you r
decision-making (and social! ) ski lls.
New traders must become comfortable with the fact that moves will occasionall y
be missed, bUl in general all traders should try to trade the London-NY overlap,
since that is where the market is at its deepest and the moves offer the best opportu-
nities for day traders. If seen on a graph, the daily currency trading turnover would
feature spikes of activity during the major money center hours and Aatline near
some predic table times of illiquidity and abnormal moves. San Francisco never
blossomed into the bridge between NY and Tokyo, leaving a liquidity gap between
3 and 7 pm (NY time), making for thin markets and abnormal spikes caused by
stop-h unting.
YOli want to make it a point to trade no more than two of the three trading
sessions. and learn to manage your time so that YOll above all avoid the boring and
illiquid hours between openings. Since the body is pre-wired to seck out stimulation
at all times there is possibly nothin g worse for a trader's mind than boredom, and
instead of s itting on your hands you will find yourself need less ly entering the
market in search of some acti on. For thi s reason. low-interest limes should be
avoided at all costs, and even if you have o pen positi ons you shou ld sim ply sel
your stops/limits a nd go away. More likely tha n not you will find the price exactly
where you left it.
14
Trading Thin Markets
Thin markets are the FX eq ui valent of shark-infested waters. When markets are
referred to as being "thin" or " Iight", it means that there is simpl y not enough
liquidity (buyers and sellers) to create a deep and balanced market. In these situa-
ti ons, transacti ons that would normall y be absorbed by an active market can have
unusu all y large and usuall y unpleasant ramifi cati ons on price. Thin markets are
often used to run stops by dea lers and specs ali ke, since thi s is when they get most
bang for their buck. Thus liquidity-challenged hours (iate NY, Sydney) are prone
to see jumps, ga ps, and generall y unaccounted for moves.
How to identify thin markets

• Prices have not moved more than J 0 pips in two hours.
• Prices are j umping back and forth 50 pips at a lime.
Hours
• Once the Europeans go home and the New Yorkers settl e in for the ir after-
noon nap, you ca n act uall y hear the liquidity dry up if you stand close
enough to your mon itor.
• The late As ian session also tends to be a lot less liquid than the London or
NY hours, especiall y outs ide the majors.
Events
• Before/after major news releases. It makes sense that markets would be th in
right before a major economic release, since most people do not want to
take a pos it ion (gamble) ri ght befo re the numbers. Prices become jumpy,
spreads wide n, and stops gel ki ll ed.
Seasonal
• Bank ho lidays, mont h of August, the week betwee n Ch ristmas and New
Year.
How to trad e thin markets

• The easiest thing to do is LO avoid them.
• If holding a position. take some exposu re off the tab le or place your stops
out of the reach of SlOp hunters. You can also hedge your positi on with
a high ly corre lated pair (i .e. EURUSD and USDC HF). Thc last thing you
wa nt is to have your position taken Ollt by a single blip.
'"'"""'- ,ijli/t,'i" I""

111
11111 nO
.n•
.n.
RETAIL TRADERS
tr ',II" GO LONG HOPING
FORA BOUNCE
INTRA·DAY STOP LEVEL
Typica l price action on US data-heavy Fridays.
TAKING ADVANTAGE OF THIN MARKETS
On a Friday when importan t news has been released (deficit. NFP, etc.), prices
tend to move one way. then the other. then the other, until fi nally deciding on one
d irectio n. After the big move the pair beco mes O/S (or O/B) on an intra-day basis.
and so me sort of SUpp0l1 has been establ ished that will presumably ho ld unti l the
weekend. This is the kind of setup that dea lers love to explo it, and if you recognize
it so can you.
Trading Thin Markets 85
Look ing for a qui ck trade before th e weekend. Joe Tmder will buy near the
bottom (see above) hopi ng to catc h a qui ck over-sold bounce. He pl aces hi s stops
below the day's support and is in the trade more because he is bored th an because
o f his co nvicti ons. Smart traders will recognize th is leve l and know that before
everyone heads home for the day one fi na l stop-hun ti ng move is probabl y on the
cards.
After London goes ho me fo r the weekend. and about the time New Yo rkers start
chec king their clocks, the dealers wi ll pounce. If there are enough stops gath ered
ne<lrby to ga rner their attent ion. they wi ll qui ckl y set up a coord in ated attack and
take them out in the blink of an eye. All that you have to do is iden tify the setu p and
go short with the dea lers as soon as the rate approaches the support level. know in g
that the support is arti fic ial and the move shou ld g ive you a q uick 10-20 pip mOve
Uw;a enough to run Joe's stops). S in ce the build up 10 these moves tend s to be rather
slow (a lthough th e actua l stop run in instantaneous). it is best to simpl y set orders
in the market an d wa it for the pri ce to come to you. The first se ll o rder would be
placed au'near the suppo rt leve l, with a take profit some pips be low (exactl y the
oppos ite o f Joe's orders). Hav ing them as Ii miu'stop orders will ensure that th ey
gel executed since some brokers li ke to shift to " manu al exec uti on" when they are
about to run stops.
Once the stops are fill ed, the price goes back to where il was, a nd the markel
proceeds to di e fo r the rest o f the day. Your profit take order is done and you are
free to enjoy the rest of your Friday afte rnoo n.
,-
,-
,-
,~
'""
...
DEALERS SELL
_.
."..
INTRA·DAY STOP LEVEL
- .. _.
IT.flnanca.com
.... - - .. - ... ,- . .. ,- .... - . . .. -
Towards the end of the day dea lers easily take out Joe'S allempllo pic k a bottom.
15
Using the Crosses
Finding the right pair to trade should be of utmost importance to all indi vidual
traders. Opport unit y cost is a real cost for most traders and fu nds committed to
anyone pos iti on are funds that can not be used in other (poss ibl y more profitable?)
trades. Si nce in FX every pair is in onc way or another connected to the others,
traders who adopt a dollar-centric view ri sk missing promi sing trades and not
understanding the real potential some opportunities offer. Ahhough most of the
deal ing is done through direct dollar buying/selling, one should cons tantly keep an
eye on the crosses in order to gauge a currency's true strength/weakness,1 which
in the end w iJl tell you which pair is best to trade.
A very reasonab le way to trade equities is to trade from big to small. For exam ple,
through your analysis you determine that the stoc k market in ge neral shou ld rise,
but knowing that you have limited fund s, you need to choose your stocks carefull y.
It wou ld therefo re be adv isable to look at sector-specifi c indices and find the most
promising of the bunch. From there, you would look within the index and find the
most attractive compan y(s) in whic h to in vest directly. This "big-lo-small " thinking
is very solid and should be applied to FX.
Even if not trad ing them d irectly, cross movements should never be overlooked,
since the movements of the crosses can often hide the footsteps of large players
choosing to pos ition themselves in a stealthy manner rather than through one of the
majors. If someone is looki ng to load lip on euros, for exa mple, they may try to fl y
under the radar by buyi ng euros against Swiss francs, sterling, yen. or other more
obscure crosses. These are bets on broad-based euro strength (for fu ndamental
reasons) spread ou t over a number of cu rrencies (a basket) rather than laking a
d irect dollar negative position.
The crosses can also prove incredibly important to sw ing or momentum traders,
since they can be used as forecasting tool s and show you wh ich cu rrency is leading
I ) persunally du nOI like to use the USO Index (US OX) to gllge the USo's brmld st rength/weakness,
since the basket is heavily euro-weightcd and cssentially makes the index a mirror of the EURUSD.
the pack. Traders that overlook the importance of the crosses are often stuck with
positions that do not move, while the rest of the market takes off ill their desired
direction.
PRESSURE VALVES
If the dolli.lr is rally ing ag<'lins{ everyt hing, but cable does not seem to be moving
much , then one look at its crosses will show you where the se lling pressure is
being absorbed. Maybe sterling is rallying strongly against the curo or against the
yen: in the end it does not matter. All that matters is that your cable short is barely
in the black, and probably poised to bounce back strong ly when the demand for
dollars is exhausted.
With limit ed funds you always want to pick the pair that wi ll move the most, but
how exactly do you come to a reasonable conclusion? That is where the crosses
come m.
Cross move ments either work to amplify the move or minimi ze the effects.
If the euro is dropping against the dollar, for example, but ri sing aga inst the
pound, the net effect will be to limit the size of the EURUSD fall. When this
cross is ri sing, it is telling us lhat the euro is outperforming the pound. and vice
versa.
Loo k at an example below of using the crosses. You are cenain that the next
few days will be a period of dollar strength (for whatever reason), but faced with
.,
).tift .................. .
'. ,*
,.
,.
",
C IT·Flnance.com
I. " .. ,... " • • ",
" "
Which one to trade? We !lIrn 10 the crosses for help.
Using th e Crosses 89
?•
-'-_.- - _._- --------j""
It is reasonable to assume that EURGB P will bou nce from the area of strong suppon.
limited reso urces you can not lake a broad-based USD beL You onl y have enough
am muniti on to trade one pair, and dec ide to either short the euro or cable. The
quest ion the n becomes, whi ch o ne?
By look ing aI the EURGBP chart above. we notice that its sharp fall has it
testing the a rea of strong support near .6720. Chart patt erns and ove rsold technical
readi ngs means that we can reasonably assu me that this area of support will hold
and that the cross may stage a bri ef rebound. Of course we can either antic ipate
thi s move or wai t for the price acti on to confirm o ur thou ghts. Either way, a rising
EURGBP Illea ns that sterlin g is likely to be the weaker of the two.
Any EURUSD selling press ure (e uro se lls) is li ke ly to be offset somewhat by
the rebounding cross (curo buys), wh ile GBPUSD sales (sterling sales) will o nl y
be ampl ified by the cross sales (sterling sales), Since EURGBP is like ly to bounce,
it would the refore make sense to short cable instead of euro.
In the aftermath, we ca n see that EURGBP did indeed bounce as ex pected (see
below), and the added sellin g pressure on sterling caused aBPUSD to drop nearl y
200 pips more than EURUSD! If at the very beginnin g we had instead chosen to
randoml y pick one of the two pairs to short. we may have missed o ut on a great
trade.
90 Beat the ForeJ( Dealer
",
EURGBP bounces at least tem porarily from its support.
•
fUllJiD"Ior C_
.,
-
I
-
•
I
I
I
I
I m
I
- I
I
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
200 PIPS:
I
400 PIPS
I - I
I
I
I
.. . . . . I
-,C~IT:~:'i"·:":'i·:·"~m:'L:I:~::L::C:J::i:~::':~·~--'-'---'--'__c"~--c-~oc,-~~~
., ..
The difference in picking the right pair can pro ve :'ignificant !
Using the Crosses 91
Every trader should have cu rrency pages set up within their charting software
that foclls on these key crosses:
EURO STERLING YEN SWISSY
EURUSD GBPUSD USDJPY USDCHF

EURCHF GBPCHF EURJPY EURCHF
EURJPY GBPJPY GBPJPY GBPCHF
EURGBP EURGBP CHFJPY CHFJPY
Looking at the cross charts ill a daily and 4 hour time frame will instantly give
you an idea of the relative strength of a currency and show you who is leading the
pack in the near term.
-
© Ir-Flnance.com - ~
Looking at a ye n page, we can instamly see lhat the yen strengthened across the board.
conlirming the yen as Ihe primary dri ver. If some of the charts were dropping and some
were rising. on the other hand. thi s wou ld indicate that the market was concentrating on
another currency.
,
16
All About Stops
Docs active SlOp hunting really take place? Of course it docs! Dealers arc as much
information peddl ers <.IS they are price quoters, and every dealing desk has their
partners in crime: either important clients or other friendly desks to whom they
com municate th eir client's positions and SlOpS. Stop hunting takes place all day,
eve ry day, and there arc some prop desks th at ac tuall y speciali ze in hunting for
stops for short-term gains. Sometimes no commu ni cation is needed, since dealers
know that Joe Trader places his stops at slich obviolls levels that they become
perfect target s.
It is amusing to see that Illosl brokers active ly preach to their clients the va lue of
placing light stops as a way (0 control risk . but in reality they are just looki ng for
stop levels to shoot for. Tight stops more often hurt the trader than they help him.
sincc thc in tra-day FX markct is fi ll ed with random moves (no ise) that routinely
wipe out the retai l crowd's 10 pip stops.
Like all players in the market, stop hunters have limited a mmuniti on and are
prone to act during certain market hours in order to ac hi eve the maximum effect.
Illiquid or ex tremely volatile times enable operators to easil y manipulate prices in
the short run, either by qu oting off- market prices or by moving the market with
large orders. Thin market hours are especia ll y vulnerab le to manipulation, and early
Sydney and late NY should be avoided by traders. The rollover hourI is also partic-
ularly prone to manipu lation as inexperienced spec traders place short-te rm trades
hoping to take advantage of the rollover interest, only to see them get blown away
by the dealers. On ly pigs wa iting to get slaughtered place int ra-day carry trades.
STOP LEVElS
The intra-day FX market is so full of market noi se that knowing where to place
stops (or not place them) has become increasingly important. Prices tend to jump 10
1 Usually 5 pm NY time. when overnight positions are "rolled over" ;and interest is credited/debited.
or 20 pips for no apparent reaso n (most li kely because of fl ows) and retai l traders
often find their SlOpS bei ng co nstantl y taken ou t even though the market may be
mov ing in the ir desired directi o n. Idea ll y, you shoul d a im n OI to leave any fixed
stops in the market. Allha ugh profess iona l money managers oflen Lrade wi th SlOpS,
they leave the orders on their co mputers instead of w ith their brokers (making
them in visible), and more ofte n (han not trade wit h no SlOp S at all. Trading in this
way in volves viewing you r positions not as one-off trades tha i ei ther go right or
wrong, but rather as continu ous views that are to be constantl y traded around until
{he preferred outcome mu{eriulizes (see {he Appendix for {ips on trading om of a
losing position).
fURUSD 15m Chari
II
INTRA-DAY STOP ZONE
Stop hunti ng near an obvious support poi nt. Dealers know the sil.e and location of the stops
silti ng below the support zone and decide to go after them.
Unless trad in g long- term , pl ac ing a traili ng stop is also not advisab le since you
effecti ve ly give up control of you r posit ion and sim ply choose to exit at a random
number, whi ch mayor may no t have anythin g to do wi th the price action . Place it
too cl ose and you will get hi t too ea rl y; place it too fa r and you wi ll fo rego some
profits if the rate q uickJy retraces. A static 10-20 pip stop is also arbitrary and can
actuall y tu rn a win ner into a loser very quickly.
Your stop po ints should therefore be based on dy nami c levels rat her th an arbi trary
static numbe rs. Dynami c stop leve ls such as mov ing averages. Boll inger bands,
All Aboul Slaps 9S
.-
EURUSD TIck Chart
,-
~'v,\}\F\{Vv ,-
,-
,-
,-
STOP ZONE
• ,-
ONE TICK IS
ENOUGH TO
,-
TAKE OUT RETAIL
STOPS ,-
©IT-Flnance.com
'"'' - ~,
- . -,'
As you can sec. dealers quickly trip SlOpS. aftcr which the price is then free to move according
to regular market fl ows.
SARs. etc./ are all good ways to manage risk whi le leuing the market do what
it does. The more experienced a trader you become, the more you will come to
realize that trading with fixed stops in the market may actually hurt you more than
help. both psyc hologicall y and profit-wi se.
Don't Feed the Stop Huntersl

Avoid placing stops in these situatIons:
- close tolat round numbers

- before/after news releases
- times of thin liquidity
2All indicator~ are readily available in mo~t charting package~. Use default settings or tweak them
according to your timeframe.
96 Beat the Fore)( Dealer
'~USD 1m Chorf
".,.
" .
,,.,.
".,
,,,,.
Dealers ""
toke bock their
posiHons "*
'"
» "*
.___ .!.N.!~..:O~!.~Q.~Z.2~EJ~..'!I~u! ~a,!!,YJ.~L r __ ••

•
•
1~~~~===========:!ll;;m===-------;7;;_J·
1- ,. . "II .·
Stop hunting before news releases. In thi s sequence the dea lers see their cl ient ba"e going
long sterling inlo the ne ws release. so they decide to take QUI their SlOPS j ust before the
number is published. If a dealer think s that the economic data ;Ire not likel y to ha ve a big
impact on prices. their tactic is to sell aggressively ri ght before the news (us ing an illiquid
market), trip the stops. and then take back their pos iti ons. This is why it is prudent never \0
enter a trade ri ght before news releases!
17
Characteristics of FX Trends
When properly formed. FX trends tend to be particularl y vicious and onc-way,

and routinely w ipe out speculators who commit the trading sin of trend fading. It
is important, therefore, to learn to idcmify trends early in their development and
distinguish the m from short-term price moves.
FX trends usually start slowly. FX trends arc special because they often emerge
as the unintended conseq uence of anot her action in the world's capi tal mark ets.
Since foreign exchange is merel y a facilitator and sti ll not used extensivel y to place
outright speculative bets, an indirec t event such as a booming local stock market
can al so leave behind a massive FX trend in its wake. If Japanese stock markets
are strong and global equity funds want to buy into the bull market, they will
be forced to exc hange their local currency for yen in order to purchase Japanese
stocks. Although they are not intenti ona ll y betting 011 ye n strength. if strong enough
these flows wi ll come to dominate the FX market. Since the initial moves of an FX
trend are usuall y underpinned by steady real· money bu ying such as yield hunters,
hedgers. or va lue in vestors, you have to keep one eye on the macro situation by
looking for signs that the "smart money" is moving in to take ad vamage of a
sitmltion.
The longer the trend, the longer the correction/consolidation. Most funda-
mentnlly driven trend s do not simply make U-turns. Be fore taki ng the nex t leg
higher/lower, the market needs lime to digest the initial move and draw in more
buyers/sell ers, or remove the fundamental reason (y ield differe nce) in order 10
reverse the direction.
If the public realizes that a trend has developed, it is too latc. As they say. a
Newsweek cover is the ki ss of death for any trend. By the time the general public
comes 10 realize what a great opportunity someth ing is, professionals have long
been in the trade and arc waiting to cash in by unloading on to the retail crowd.
98 Beat the Forcx Dealer
It's all connected!

market correlations to keep in mind when trading
US Bond Y,olds . Yie lds UP f USD UP

Gold Price Gold UP f USD DOWN I AUO UP I CAD UP
Crude 011 Pnco: Crude UP I USC DOWN I CAD UP (U SOCAO DOWN )
CRM Ind(l": CRM Index UP I USC DOWN I AUO UP I C AD UP
Emerging Mkts: Emerging Milts DOWN , USD UP
All traders should include bond and gold pri ces In the ir market monitors.
In t im es of slow growth (yield hungry), the currency market typically walts
for the bond market rea ct ion before c ommitting po sition s. In this w ay.
bond y ield s can be u sed as leading ind icato r s in ec onomic data-heavy days.
AUDIUSO RATE' INTEREST RATE DlffEREHTlAL" AUO FX TURNOVER'"
•
11.15 •
0 .70
,
' .n
,
..~
.,•
, An I'.." ...."" '.'" Inda_ ..... pN<-iM!"II dol ....
- n....-mon... dol",
1I .... ,.!lan Ubot m ...... US dOl .... Ubot.
'" I,,<I..ed.o ft .., ~roll", _lOll In ",_..llIn <loll....
Soco-t>n BlS~~. o.c2OOf ~. ~ ~_I'w.
Situations like Ihc:)e are importunt for the indivi dual investor to understand since trends are
hurd to SlOp overnight. Once the yield di fference shifls i n the AUO's direction in 2002. all
kinds of bu yers pl ow into the market
In thi s case of the Auss ie doll ar uptrend, we can see a couple of interesting things
happen in 2002 when the yield adva ntage between the US D and the AUD shi fted
in the Aussie's favor and set a chain of eve nt ~ in motion that are so metimes
imposs ible to sto p. The initial buyers of the AU DUS D are ma inl y yield-hungry but
conservati ve real -money managers (i.e, pension fun ds), who dec ide to sw itch some
of their US doll ars into the higher-yield ing Austra li an doll ar. Theirs is a bet that
the money they make fro m the yield di ffe rence will more than make up for any
exchange rate losses suffered. Thi s sudden demand fo r Auss ie do llars momentari ly
pumps up the AU DUSD rat e. whi ch attracts more acti ve managers such as hedge
fund s that like to play short-term trends. Of course, their buying further infl ates
the AU DUS D rate, which is now in a full -Hedged up trend. and fi nall y forces the
ha nd of Auslralian ex porters who were hedged at lower leve ls and must now enter
the market to cover fu ture cash fl ows (buying AU O). This chain of events can be
clearl y see n in the rapid increase in turn over and the ri sin g AU DUS D rate, whi ch
at some point becomes self-s ustainin g and far fro m the origin al "yield play" that
some we re after. All types of players are now long AUDUS D fo r vari ous reasons,
CharacleriSlics of FX Tre nds 99
and these kinds of trends stop on ly when the fundamenl al backdrop is taken away
(y ield di ffere nce) either in a rea l or perce ived man ne r, and more often than nOl
they end in tears.
TREND EXAMPLE
Let us take a look at a real-world examp le of a USDJP Y move seen during the
last quarter of 2005.
An extended move in USDJPY exhibits all the typical signs of FX !rends.
1. Accumulation Stage (USDJPY 109·115)
From Septe mber to November, institutional and real money buyers beg in to sell
yen across the board. Two things fueled thi s " ins ide r" move, Japan's zero interest
rate po li cy and the rall y in co mmod ities. An oversi mplifi ed view o f the events
woul d go somethi ng li ke thi s: with thei r zero interest rate policy. Japan is bas icall y
giving away mo ney and everyone and their grandmother is usin g the yen to fi nance
their carry trades. Wanti ng to pad their P/L before the year end (remember it is
100 Beal the Fo rex Dealer
Q4), fund managers take out yen-denominated loans and co nvert them into USD
(driving USDJPY higher) in orde r La buy dollar-denominated commodities such
as o il. go ld, and copper fo r their p0l1fo lios. When the pri ce rcaches the top of
the range near 114, (he usual range-capping suspects (Japanese ex porters) arc nOI
present. meaning that they are ei ther full y hedged or that they expect the yen to
continue depreciating.
2. Hot Money Stage (USDjPY 115·116)
Speculators enter the fray. Momentum fund s pile into the long side o f the trade
and continue to do so lIntil the market tell s them otherwi se. Retail specs, on the
other hand , take notice of th e overbought readings and thin k that the rate is ripe
fo r a correcti on since it has already gone up "too much". Those that fade the move
here are faced with two outco mes: death by a thousand stops or death by averaging
down. Either way, those that do not swa llow their pride and recognize that they
were wrong are soon forced into an all -or- nothing trade.
3. Throwing in the towel (USDjPY 120·121)
A last gasp hi gher takes whatever stops were lert in the market. Notice all of
the shooting star candles nea r th e top. a sig n that arter three months and ten big
figures th ose holding long pos itions are beginning to cash alit on any blips highcr.
Everybody seems to bc long now, and the Lrend will see mingly go on "fo rever".
4. Reversal (USDjPY 120)
In December, the market makes a sudden 180 degree turn and drops nearly 500
pips in two days. The long-awaited reversal fina ll y ca me (although several hundred
pips above what the retail crowd though t) as the res ult o f some kind of cata lyst
that chan ged th e underl yin g equation supporting USDJ PY. More o rten th an not
thi s is a shi ft in govern me nt policy or some other ex tern al factor that forces the
real mo ney crowd's hand (such as a big coupon paymcnt1redem ption). In thi s
case, the catalyst was the see mingly unevent ful fac t that the Bank o f Japan raised
the minimum margin req uirements for the Tokyo metal s market in order to lim it
speculation. A lthough it is nothing huge like a surpri!;e rate hike. the slight chan ge
fo rced hedge fu nds to cash in all some of the ir lo ng gold positi ons in order to meet
the new margin req ui rements of the exchange.
Since the change was announced during the weekend, when Monday morn ing
came around the market was flooded with a sudden. mass ive sell interest that soon
snowball ed into outri ght pandemoniulll in the go ld market. The market headed
towards free-fall and traders rushed to unwind their posit ions before it was too
Characteristics of fX Trends 101
late. wit h the end result be ing that go ld dropped 20% lhat day! When the go ld
posit ions were unwound , the doll ars rece ived were converted back into yen in order
to pay back the JPY -dcnominatcd loans th<lt were taken out in the first place. and
thi s massive yen buying caused the USDJPY to take a steep tumble. Although the
marg in requirement change may ha ve been res pons ibl e for on ly the first 150-200
pips of the move, it was enough to get the ball rollin g and shift the trend dynamics.
This should bring ho me the fact that little things can have bi g implications, so be o n
the loo kout for abnormal price moves in other markets that could have an eventual
impact on FX pri ces.
Not surpri singl y. I did not hear any co mments about this go ld story from any
anal ysts. either before or afte r the fact ... they probably blamed it on some technical
pattern , economic fundamental s. or grow th rates.
18
Trading the FED
Whenever the Federal Market Open Committee (FOM e) meets to set interest rates
in the US, trading pro ves tri cky. to say the least. These days the FED goes out of
its way to telegraph the moves well in adva nce, so the market has sw itched from
the nai l-biting hike or 110 hike scenario to looking and anal yz ing every si ngle word
in the accompanying statement. Thi s evaluatio n and fe-eva luatio n of what the Fed
actuall y "means" tra nsl ates into a free-for-all immediately follo win g the release,
and dealers arC hard at work chopping up players on both sides of the market
while the FX heavy-hillers sit and deliberate whether the statement was "hawkish"
or " dovish".
What shoul d onc do in a situati on like thi s, when the pri ce jumps 50 pips onc
minute and then dives 50 the nex t? Simple: wait for the dust ( 0 settl e and let the
price acti on guide your moves. Since traders like to limi t their ex posure before any
FED release, the market will tend to trade a reasonabl y ti ght range the day(s) before
any announcement. and these range extrem es ca n be used effectively to trade with
the dea lers, and aga inst the ge neral publ ic,
This is how Joe Trader would trade this FOMe release. When the FOMe
announces its quarter-point rate hi ke (the market bought on the rumour and is now
selling the fact) Joe goes long at the next tradabl e price ( 1, 2). Stops are placed
at a "safe" di stance and the EURUSD spends the next five minutes whippin g back
and fa it h, wipin g clea n any stops in an 80- po in t range.
After te n minutes, the pair moves higher again and Joe is convinced that thi s
time the move is for real , so he sets hi s stops below the previous low, away from
the noise (3, 4). Dealers see the spec market go long EURUSD so they are happy
to fade the move hi gher and target the down side stops (5). Intra-day stops are
successfully tripped, and dealers take back their shorts for a nice profit and ca ll
it a day (6). Frustrated, Joe Trader throws in the towel , and the market is free to
move back within the ran ge again.
104 Beat t he Fo rex Dealer
"
".
1"
1,.' ' 'tIII;' Ir .

I' ,
1..0" , .
-T' 10"· .
,
I .... t
1,.t,!. 1
..!II,I '~J -
.io
-
- ... -
The minutes after an FOMe release.
-
RETAil BUYS
5
•
•
INTRA-DAY STOP LEva (prov_lowj
.. ., •• , ....... _ ...... _ - - . . . . . ' . _ n '. . . . _ _ _ •• ,.
Dealers gun for the obviolls SlOp levels before returni ng to pre- FOM e levels.
This typical sce nari o plays out almost every lime the FOMe meets to set rales,
w ith the rate chopping around For a whi le after the decision Unlilthe market finall y
makes lip its mind as to the statement. Since the statement came in with the market's
expectati ons, the euro eventuall y finds itself at the same price it was prior to the
annOlillcement (even though it moved more th an 200 pips round-trip!). In situations
like th ese, whe n the marke t gelS whaL Lhey are expecLing. Lhen the usual scenari o
Trading the FED 105
is for dea lers to hit the intra-day stops on both sides of (he intra-day range and
then senle on the pre-FOMe equi librium point. After all, if nothing changed then
there is no reason for players to aggressively push the market one way or another.
THE TRADE
Trading like a dealer in this case would mean recogni zin g the sLOp-hu nti ng push
30 min after the release and going short around 1.2820 or so, knowin g that dea lers
are go ing for Joe's obvious stops si tting below the previous low of 1.2807 (see
below). Take-profit orders for the short s would be placed under the figure, for a
ni ce 30 pip gain, which sure ly beats gettin g stopped out two o r three times in 10
minutes.
100
Point
-'. FADE
Range
Not
Worth
Trading
Inside
Th.
Range
Fade
Initial
Reaction S LL
Trip
Stops
...::;::------1
Fads
Moves
Outside
Of Range
FADE
, , ,
Pre-FOMe. establi sh the range and fade the eX lremes.
Remember that you are a trader, not an economi st. On the daily chart the wild
gyralions will barely be visible, so use the 15 min charts to wait for the market to
decide where it wants LO go. and follo w these simple dealer max ims:
Never chase.
Never tru st the first price.
NEWS RELEASED :
DEALERS , no
CLEAR THEIR
BOOKS _ _ _ _ _. .
,.,
~
no
n•
.,
MARKET GOES '"

FOR THE INTRA·DAY
STOPS '"
... 1.1IIl "00 .. 011 I"IIG . (t0ll' "00 , ' .. 00
The trade: recogni ze the obvious stop level and trade wi th the dealers.
If the statement was in lin e with market expectations, fade any mo ve olltside the
range and remember the typical price acti on: the first 15 min wi II see the dea lers hit
the high stops, hit the low stops (or vice ve rsa) and return to the pre-announcement
level before making the bi g move. Recognize that these illiquid markets arc a
stop-running fe ast for dealers, so be sure to identify "typical" slop-loss levels
(ordinaril y below/abo ve the previous hi ghs/lows) and go aftcr them along with the
dealers.
Trading the FED 107
THE PAIR MAKES ITS MOVE IN THE PRECEDING

DAYS AND THEN SETILES INTO A RANGE
FADE
Another typica l FOMe setup.

108 Beat the Fore" Deale r
FADE
FADE
AFTER THE FOMe DECISION

IS RELEASED, THE PRICE QUICKLY
TAKES OUT THE TOP OF THE RANGE,
REVERSES DIRECTION AND TAKES
OUT THE BonOM OF THE RANGE
BEFORE RETURNING TO PRE-FOMe
LEVELS
THIS IS STOP HUNTING AT ITS BEST.

AND YOU CAN TRADE WITH THE DEALERS
BY FADING MOveS OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE
O IT..rlNll'lCe.com 011. Is (U' filM

19:00 03:00 11 :00 19:00 03;00 lUll) 19:00 03:00
" '" "

A nother example of FOM e trading.
19
Fading News
In the same ve in as th e FED trade, dealers oflell like to fade " headline" news
numbers if they feci that the market is sti ll in a clear trend. Depending 0 11 what
the market is focllsing (growth. inflati on. etc.) some news releases tend to take on
greater importance than others. In li mes of growt h concerns, an always anti cipated
number is the non -farms payroll data , released on the first Friday of every month.
UlUS .... hOfI
,n
,m
'.
,n,
'.
C IT-Finance.com
, ,
I """ " " " " " " " " "
Whenever possible. trade in the prevailing market direction.
NFP days are know n for their volati lity, and traders routinely get chopped lip trading
the headline numbe r. II is important 10 note thai o ne piece of data is genera ll y not
enough to reverse a clear trend. so even though the number may come in worse
than expected, it is still preferable to fade the release and trade in the prevailing
trend. Only a monumentall y bad piece of data or a series of bad releases can shake
a currency from a clear trend. so take a clue rrom the dealers and fade the moves
once the knee-jerk reaction is ove r.
In thi s case the setup is typical. The EU RUS D comes into the all -importa nt
payro ll numbers in a clear downtrend, which will onl y be reversed by Some fun-
damental shift in expectati o ns. The following price action can usuall y be see n
before/after all eagerly awaited economi c releases a nd should be lraded accordingly.
TRADERS UMITTHEIR EXPOSURE AND A

CLEAR RANGE DEVELOPS IN THE DAYS BEFORE THE RELEASE
1.2010
1.1945
1>'"'--- ----- -------
Before the NFP number EURUSD settles into a range as t rader~ limit their expm. ure. The
range limits should be seen as obvious SlOp levels.
Fading News 111
3. lllf UU,I ~tE~ NO fOUOW·IIl~OUGIl . _ _ _ _ _ __

INOICATlNG urnl UAl·MONIY 011AAH0
,,
2. .IOf IIAOI. eun lHI '.U.K. t
1.2010 Mon t,ECS oUl HOW ~ONG
,.
1. OATA COMES OUT BelOW MARKET EXPECTATIONS.
KNEE· JERK REACTION IS TO SEll USO.
8 ,.
,.
,.
'm
,.
',..
'.
Bad data (but not that bad) and the immediate knee-jerk reaction is [0 sell USD. Dea lers
are happy 10 rade Ine move hi gher and are soon gunni ng ror the intra-day stops.
Since news releases and Olher im porta11l eve11lS are "open season" on traders, you
should always be on your toes. If you find that you are at you r trading best during
normal trading hours. then you snou ld think about ski pping datil days altogether
since the initi al flurry of activity is often imposs ibl e to trade, especially because
reta il brokers I.e nd 10 shul down their systems altogether to limit their exposure.
If you arc com ing into an important news eve nt with a position, il is best to
lighten up and remove or place SlOpS far enough away so that dealers will not gel
to them. If you are eager to trade, then wait for the initial kn ee-jerk reac li on 10
be comp letely reversed (on 3 min charts) and then enter you r desired positio n. Use
15 min charts to trade the markel, which will smooth out the market no ise and
make the market' s int enti ons more evident.
11 2 Beaf th e Forex Dealer
----------------------~----~-~
""'t;-ItIiI----------
IETAIl S'ECS MOl'S GET ''''UN OUT
AS THf lONGU·IUM 'UUU$
fiND .... lGAIN UVEU 10 stU
AND COtlll NUE !HE lUIO OOWNTUND
After a nurry of activity, the euro retums to its estab lished downward trend.
Always trade in the direction of the trend. Do not assume that one piece of news
is enough to reverse an estab lished trend (or range).
20
FX Analysts: Who Cares?
As morc and more retail traders enter the FX market, a criti ca l lack of market
inform~ltion has led to the rise of a new FX superstar; the analyst. Retail forex
brokers are hiring and promoting the skill of these guys in droves, partially to
offset their client's well-founded fears of the market. Don' t know how to trade?
Dan', worry , we have the people that can leach you. Can't tell wh ich way the cum
is going? Don'( worry, we have the experts.
Ana lysts are master pedd lers of excuses and exp la nations as to what did happen ,
but will never really lell you what will. I wou ld love to host a (rading competition
between those popu lar reta il FX ana lysts and some of Malkiel' s dart-throwing
monkeys. Rest assured thal my money is on the chi mps.
Sadly, it seems as if the general in vesting public did not learn muc h of a lesson
fro m the scand als foll ow ing the internet boom era IPOs. If a firm is taking a
company publi c, do you rea ll y think their analysts wi ll g ive the stock anything but
a "strong buy"? A si milar conflict of interest arises in the retai l FX world, now
lillercd wit h analy sts more than wi ll ing to share their views on TV, print, or chat
roomS.
Lei us lake a look at these guys and gals to see exactly why it is that you shoul d
avoid li ste ning to anything they say.
First of all, who are they? Not traders. that is for sure. A look at their bios will
probab ly show you an ivy league degree and briefcase full of theoretical know ledge.
Is any of this know ledge applicable to day -to-day FX tradin g? Probably not, but
what do they care? They have a nice cushy salary that has nothing to do with the
accuracy of their predictions. Trust me. if their forecasts we re so good, they wou ld
have been sman enough to stan their own fund long ago.
What a re th eir job requirements? Look good on TV and write convi ncingly.
Basically they must be able to spew mountain s of mean ing less FX jargon and
economic fi gures in order to back up their views.
So what is their job'! Li ke any job in th e world, the ir role is simp le: to make
money for the company. How do they do thi s? By providing traders wi th "valuable"
information intended to make them trade more. Noti ce that they are always full of
great trading ideas, but never once have I heard one say "stay fl at", Since brokers
o nly make money when you trade, in their opinion there will always be something
worth trading. A wi se trader will neve r trade from the advice of their broker.
I will let YOLI in on the FX market' s little dirty secret: some moves just " ha ppen"
and nobody reall y knows why! Since corporate flo ws routinely make a mess of
imra-day markets, most moves have no fundamental or technical reason behind
them, yet no self- respectin g analyst will ever be caught wit hout a ne,lt expla nation
at hand.
Take a look at so me of their great analyses. The chart below is from the Friday
Non-Farms Payroll before a long hol iday weekend in the US. Just by lookin g at
the chart, we can see the pri ce flat -lining unti l the payroll data comes out, foll owed
by immed iate dollar buying and then a gradual retraceme nt of the move by the
day's end. If any analyst had just mentioned that, they would have received a gold
star in my book. BuL alas, their overwhelming need to show their FX knowledge
urges them to fill the trader with ton s of superfluous - and down ri ght fal se
informatiol1 .
Here is what o ne prominent FX analyst had to say about the day' s events:
The dollar immediate ly gained grou nd after the above-mean NFP

numbers were taken by the macro crowd as a s ign that US economic
growth is not showing any signs of slowing down. Investors bought
dollars aggressively across the board, bett ing 011 a stron g US econo my.
Towards the end of the day , so-so confidence numbers forced
instituti o nal in vestors to re-think the ir strategy and they took back
so me of" their do llar lon gs as the new data did not meet their
expectations of a robust US econom y.
Sorry? Do these peop le rea ll y think that insurance compani es, pension fund s,
etc. , trade off ti ck charts? The thinking of macro funds therefore goes somethin g
like th is: "The US economy is stronger than what people thought; let's buy USD.
Oh wait ! Apparently it 's not. I' ll take back my position" .
Long-term players are exactl y that - lo ng-term. One number wi ll not change
anyone 's view of the economy, and cel1ain ly no one in the ir right mind would
place a trade based on US econo mi c prospects only to reverse them after another
numbcr co mcs out. Notice they did not even menti on (he fact thm it was the Friday
FX Ana~ysls : Who Cares? 11S
1.2850
Non-Farm payrOlll
Data Released
1.2830
1.2810
1.2800
1,2780
1.2760
©1T-FJnanc:e.c:om
,. - " n, n, •• n, n, ,. ". ...
AnalyMs will always have an expkmali on for the day 's moves, even if none exi sts.
before Llbor Day weeke nd ... meani ng that it is doubtful that institutional traders
were even at their desks!
If we look at the same move from a price-actio n perspective. however, we can
get a rnuch more reasonable (and probable) expla nati on fo r the day' s events:
• From the EURUSD's ri se in the days before th e data release, we can be sure
that the market has posi ti oned itself for the possibility of a terrible number
(t he previous fi ve releases had been worse than expected). The market waS
therefore long EURUSD go ing into the re lease.
• Payrolls actually come out better than expected, and those bett ing o n a weak
number arc forced to ligh ten up their pos iti ons.
• As dealers begin to close their books earl y ahead of th e long weekend, a
short squeeze deve lops that cat ches the intra-day crowd wro ng- footed.
• Once the lop-side slaps have been ru n, the price relufils to its prc-NFP
eq uilibrium level. No mac ro fund was anywhere to be seen,
URUSO 4hr Chart
"'
~41 'I '"
JI~
'"
1.27
--
-
"'
.,"'
.,
.,
I
MARKET
1.26
'.-
ACCUMULATES ",
EUROS IN
ANTICIPATION OF
'.
ABAD NUMBER "'
"'
"'
"'
1.25 '"
IT -Finance.com
"'
'"
Steady euro buying.
If you still choose to bl indl y fo ll ow the forecasts of experts, then you may be inter-
ested in a rece nt survey cond ucted by the Economist. The UK magazine asked four
ex-finance ministers, fo ur captains of industry , four Oxford economics students,
and four garbage collectors to predict GDP, inflation, and oil prices for the co ming
year. Not surpri singly, the garbage collectors came in first place ... the finance
ministers came in last
DEALER TRADES
21
Trading Against Dealers
If you are trading through a dea ler, the n you are essent iall y trading again st him.
It is a bit simplisti c, but if YOli buy, he sell s, and one of you is going to e nd up
wrong. In the world of spot trading dea lers have a big advantage over the average
trader: order-flow in formation.
Imagine a poker game where you can see everyone's cards but are allowed to
keep yours tight to you r chest How your playing would change! Knowi ng the
other player's intentions would enable you to fold, bluff, and, more impon antly.
call their bl uffs w ith ease. In thi s scenario you would be hard-pressed not to leave
the table with a nice chunk of change, which is exactly the position FX dealers
occupy. With lhe spreads they co llect and the order-flow information they possess,
dea ling desks are such guaranteed money-makers (hat banks have (he lUXury of
staffing them with tens of pimply-faced dealers who mayor may not end Up being
good traders.
THE INFORMATION FLOW
Flow information is fhe most va luable commodity fo r intra-day FX traders, since

in the end large fl ows are what shape intra-day pri ces. If your contacts are te lling
you that all they see are buy orders, then you can be fa irl y su re that the pair is
going up. If, on the other hand , they tell you that everyone who wa nted to buy
already has, then you mi ght think that the market is saddled wi th longs and ripe
for a reversal. As we can see in the charts below, a large How placed strategically
can have a meaningful effect on prices, and a market participant aware of these
Hows can si mply position the mselves ahead of time to enj oy a free ride at another's
ex pense. The easiest and lowest- risk trades all involve takin g advantage of your
customers, since by doing thi s you are esse nti all y taking the ri sk off your books
and pass ing it on to your c1ienl. A market maker with a big order on his book
knows thal it is hi s most precious asset and may trade the infonnation to hedge
funds or other in vestors in exc hange for business (commi ssions).
120 Beal the fore" Dealer
The vast majority of int ra-day moves are the resull of speculati on, rumors, psy-
chology, and a few f<lets (the Greenspan death rumor is a market class ic), and the
la rger you are the higher up you are on this information chain. If some juicy bi t
of information is avai lable ("company X needs to get rid of 3 billion e uros by the
end of the day"), the best customers will receive the " first call", after which the
information eventually trickles down all the way until you see it on your news wire.
By the time retail traders gel in the loop. the info has already been QUI and traded
on, which on ly helps 10 propagate the "buy the rumor, se ll the fac t" scenario.
e.URG8P ISmln
.~
'It
L}--
0.6760
""
".
The effect of a large ($3b) order on a thin market.
EURGBP quickly drops 50 pips, and offers a nice,

free ride to the dealers executing the order.
0.6715 .....
: london
© IT.Fln"nce.com Fl.
Market-moving flows are free money for the dealers executing the orders.
Getling the first call on market-moving information Can be incred ibl y valuable to
short-term traders, since rumors that some UK clearer "must do" a large cab le buy
order before the London fix can have a direct impact on the price. Front-nlilning
is standard practice in the FX world. and dealers with large orders on their
books are keen to "piggy-back" their customer's orders to receive a quick profit.
Unfortunately. retail traders have virtually no access to this informati on and are
therefore placed at a great di sadvantage. Indi vidual traders can, however, ga in
access to the CFTC's commitmem of a trader's repoft. which hi gh li ghts the future
market 's positionin g on a wee kl y basis (www.cftc.gov). Although it may seem a
bit dated, the weekly report will hi ghli ght any ext reme positioning and can be seen
as a warning sign. As a reLailtrader you may not ha ve direct access to thi s privileged
Trading Against Dealers 121
I' G.,USD TIck Chor1
" l C. II
,-
. 1"
.": -: 11. I ~ .!: ' l :., .' ~ 1\ _ I" t-:r·l:\}

r :~. ,."i. : ,~.
L...
. - ., ~'i' " 'of ..... ,' ,. , c • . • i he' ' ~l,'
., '" "' ''r'V'~ '' ." .
~ /T~I :
,~ ,
,-
,~,
'" ;I
,-
FRONT ,~,
RUNNING
I ,
DATA RELEASED
\
~
;
,-
".
t."
© IT-FlnanC8.com
,""
" .. ,,.. " .. " .. t'" " ..... ",. "" ""_ "" ..._ '''' 1>" ",. "'"-.B!' ,.'" "" "" " .. _....
Front-running new s releases. Traders with privileged information se ll seconds before the
news is released and get a quick 20 pip head-start on the competition. Just another facet of
the FX market
information, yet the price action before the fixing times can also provide clues into
a dealer' s intentions,
Most FX operations trade on at least so me flow information, and for many
professional trade rs a typical day might start like this. Get into the office, qui ckly
glance al what Tokyo did , have a chat with the overnigh t desk, then get on the
phone and sta rt making the rounds. Who's doing what? Where do you see stops?
Etc. The responses may be anything from "dead market" to " these Ru ssian guys
have been buying all day" or "a yard of SlOpS si tting under the figure". A couple
of calls like that and you have a fair idea of where the market stands and where it
wants to go.
TRADING LIKE A DEALER
As we have seen, traders and dealers are two very different breeds and a successful
dealer wou ld not immediately tran slate into a successful trader. In fact, most dealers
would make terrible position traders. Making markets for corporate clients req uires
an entirely different skill set than what is required of a good money manager,
for example, yet there are things that the average trader can take from dealers
and apply to their trading, especially when it comes to mentality. A dealer's "go
with the flow" trading mentality and the "always be fadin g" attitude toward news
events can be immediately put to use by the individual trader, which I ha ve tried
to high light throughout thi s book.
The follo wing are exa mples of dealer trades that wil l prove useful to intra-day
speculators interested in picking up so me easy. low-risk pips. According to our
research. the Big Figure Trade alone has a histori cal success rale of over 70 %,
and although rare, identifying these lypical dealer setups will enable you to focus
on high-probability trades. These trading techniques are intended for experienced
traders already involved in thc FX markct.
22
The Big Figure Trade
As noted earli er, retail FX operators are at a disadvantage because they act as a
trader's so le counterpart y and in thi s fun ction they are so metimes forced 10 make
artificial markets. Although making markets for clients is most often not an issue
for FX brokers since they simpl y offset their ri sk in the interbank market, in illiquid
limes thi s represents a bi g probl em for them - and an opportunity for the trader.
The Big Figure Trade is one exa mpl e of how you can take advantage of your
retail FCM's limitations. As all traders know, every now and then the market
will test a criti cal level. The actual level is not important, since it may be a
well-defi ned Fibonacci level. a trendline. or more likely than not a bi g figure.
During sharp, one-sided intra-day price moves, the market wi ll often reach a cri t·
ical level where traders be lieve it "cannot go higher". Since pri ce moves in FX
tend to be self· fu lfilling. traders initiate short positions near that level (assuming
the pair has been trending higher) and the market will immediately proceed to take
them out. Usually there is a nicc, big. round number that short sellers set their
stops above, confident that an OIB market will not ha ve the e nergy LO push past
the presumed optio n structures and the psychologically important (but often tech-
nically useless) number. In these silU3tions, dealers wei their lips as they mount
their attack on the stops.
The typical price action is for the price to fail near the figure a couple of times
(heartcning the short se ll cr' s resolve and pro mpting new shorts) before dealers
produce a qui ck. coord inated attack o n the number, overwhelming any optio n pro·
tection and qui ckl y sellin g ofr the SLOpS lying above. In an instant. the rate is back
below the big fi gure. Most traders have had thi s happen to them before - a quick
blip and your position is busted. onl y for it to promptly crash in your expected
direction almost immediately. Nothing is more aggravaling to a trader than thi s
setu p, know ing that your money was so quickly taken away.
This trade works especially well with retail brokers because their fi xed spreads
and "guarantees" force them to make a market where there is no ne. When the
dealers pus h the rate hi gher and trip stops above the big figure, the action is so
qu ick and one-sided (shorts forced to buy back the ir positions) that in the real
interba nk market virtuall y no trading is poss ibl e at those prices. Spreads widen and
typ ically only the offer side of the quote funs higher since no dealer in their ri ght
mind wants to be long above the fi gure. Although a true bank dealer may not be
able to get a fill al those prices. you can. Because of their fixed spreads, as long as
the rate traded is there most retail brokers will fill you at those prices, just as they
would have if they were filling your SlOp S instead! Th is is how traders can fight
back a nd actua ll y use the dealers' tactics against them . The beauty of this trade is
two-fold:
1. Your risk is limited and predetermined. If the trade goes wrong. you know
exactly how much you are going to lose. which is a big plus when trying
to de termine posi tion size, etc. Remember that money management should
always be at the fo refront of your trading dec ision s.
2. You get to be a thorn in the side of the dea lers, whi ch you shoul d consider
as bo nu s points.
Pull ing off thi s trade requires identiry ing the se tup, knowing the dealer' s game
pl an, and staying one step ahead of them.
~ EURJPY 15m Chart 150.00

-~ -----------------------------------------
."
."
,.,
••
..'
".,
.'
•
,.,
,.,
..
,
.... ,."" ~ ·", .m .. .. . . . '''' ' ".. ' ... '" , ,. " ,. . . . . . . . "',"' .. .. '..... 0: .... "lD ""
The setup.
The Big Figure Trade 125
Step 1. Identify the Setup
Look fo r one-way trendin g markets. O/ B read in gs, obvious targets (round number).
Know your dealer's game plan. YOLI know what they wallt to do, so trip stops above
150.00 and co ll ect some qui ck pi ps. As soon as the stops are tripped , the price will
quickly drop back be low the figu re.
STOP FOR ALL@ 150.20
SELL3 @1 50.10
SELL 150.05
SELL 1 @ 15O.oo
TA,KE PROfiT 0 1d.15
Set your orde rs beforehand to profit from the quick move.
Step 2. Set Your Orders
Sell I at the figure. sell 2 at 5 pips over the fi gure. se ll 3 at 10 pips over the figure.
SlOPS for all arc set at 20 over the fi gure, with a profit take for two- thirds at 5
pi ps below the figure. If all goes well. you should be shon a IOtal of 6 at 150.06
(posit ion size will vary accord ing to you r account). Ri sk for this trade is 14 pips.
Profi t take is II pips.
Wai t a minute! What happened to the money management that 1 have been
preac hing all along? Is it compl etely out of whac k on thi s trade? Not exactly.
126 Beat the Forex Oealer
Because of high probability of thi s trade working out in your favor, it is better to
take the quick profit than ri sk losing it all by wailing for a deeper correct ion. We
know the price u<.:Lion (spike hi g her to trip stops, then a quick decline), and that is
wha t we arc try in g to exp loit. Remember that we are trying to take advantage of
the dealer's actions, not predict the future. The last third is left 011 the table in case
YOli did happen to pick the top. a lthough more often than not the rate w ill continue
in the prevailing direction.
a:::!l EURJPr TIck Chart NOT !)ONI! 41 ORDERl n4.'O
••
••
"'''' ...- - - - OItDER 2 150.05
••
~~---------- ~~~~-------~----~~ - ~ ------~~~ ---
1411.N
_ , ••f - - - - PROFIT TAKE
....
· ... _. "t.,
.. .
...
. ,..
....
,
©IT.FlnOlnte,tom
'" ,,, •• •• ,,' ,. 'R ~ M 'N 'M rr 'M " ,r ,a .,
The aftermath : price action is typical. Dealers make a quick move beyond 150. stops go off.
and the pri ce trades brieny over 150 (on ly a couple of ticks) to print a high of 150.06. We
only get lilted on 2 ou t of our 3, and the pri ce qui ck ly drops under the big figure. Our profit
take at 149.95 is then e:<ccuted for a quick profit. Not bad for ten seconds of work!
KEYS TO THE TRADE
• Be prepared ahead of time and stay vigilant. If the trade does not work out
immediately (maximum 15 min) then get out. The price action is telling you
that the move is sUPPOlted by real-money demand, not just dealer initiated.
• Although the moves are similar near most round numbers, thi s trade works
best at the end of an OIB intra-day trending move, coupled wi th psyc ho-
logical numbers like 1.20, 150.00, 2.00. etc.
The Big figure Trade 127
,. EURJI'Y 15m Chari

------ ..
"It
...
..
,,
'''.
-...
,,"
© IT.finance.com
.. " .. " "_n ....... _ _ , . .. .. .
This time we get lucky and the rate slumps well below our profit target. Hold ing on to that
last third lct~ you take advantage o f these situat ions.
EURJI'Y Doily Chari
.
-.~ --- -- -- - --- - ---- - - ---- --- - -- - -- -'~"? - - -~1- - ..
•
...
••
..
."
~
"
...
•
©1T.flnanc8.com
••
The trend is still defin itely up (be low). so do not even think about fading the move hi gher.
All that we were looking for was a quick. easy trade.
128 Beal the Fore" Dealer
.00 , '00 '00 " ... "11)
A Bi g Fi gure Trade example on EU RUSD . Notice the run-up to 1.28 .
EURUSD nck Chart

(i J 1.2805
-
'r
I
1.2800 -
,,~
~, I r 1.2895
1' L ."
-I ,~
r ,:l ,.,
' ,I •
:1
L ,'/ 'M
L ,M
-
,/
/ 1 ,~
'I: ,m
".
© IT-Finance.com
•• , . ,. ... •• w
" •
Price action near the big fi gure is the same; a quick blip and it is over,
The Big Figure Trade 129
'I
118.00
LlI.. ~IJ 1
\ I
T I bll l-
,
~IOH'fTAU GIl7.IIS
Big Figure Trade example on USDJPY .
GBP JPV 1m in Chart
.------------- ~~~~ --------------- ---- --
rill
>111
222_00
'"'
"
rn ,
IT-Flnance.com
.p - - - .. HP ~ ~ ._ ~ ~P • •p ... ... ,.. .. He 'm "P
Big Figure Trade opportunities within the greater trend.

130 Beal the Forex Dealer
••
••
ti
.,
\~f1~ ,..Jll~~.irl~" I ~~IJI •
©IT~Finance.com
.. ", .. ••
- ". "
Close but no ciga r!
• Remember that we are not here to predict the future (reversal or continua-
tion?); we are simpl y riding the dea ler's coaHai ls. Il mi ght co ntinue higher
for another 50 pips; it mi ght top-out and co ll apse. Either way we do not
care; we are in it for the low-risk 10- 15 pips lhal the dea lers are generous
enough to cough up for us.
• Generally, we onl y want to trade the firs t slab above the bi g figure. since
th at is the one hidin g the stops.
23
The Friday to Sunday
Extension
Anot her typical FX pattern that ca n be exp loited by traders is the Friday to Sunday
price extension. This si mpl e yet by-a nd -Iarge COITect assu mpti on is the fact that
prices wi ll open the new trading week (S unday NY time) in the same prevailing
direction as they closed on Friday eveni ng. After the weekend. Syd ney traders
genera ll y do not have the oomph or desire to reverse any meaningful decline seen
in NY. and are therefore happy to see prices stead il y drin in the direction NY left
them until Tokyo comes o n-line. Most of the time th is behavior is not something to
trade acti vely, but rather so mething to keep in mind if nursing positions or enterin g
a late Friday trade, meaning that (radel's should not rely on a miracle reversal o n
Sunday to get them out of a jam. Once Tokyo and Lo ndo n enter the market the
direction may be reve rsed, but often th ose traders nu rs in g los ing positions will have
already been stopped oul.
After a Frid ay with extreme vo latility. however. thi s typical pattern is en hanced
and turns into a low-risk trade opportu nity for traders. The reason thi s trade works
is simple. O n economi c data-heavy Fridays, prices often end up several hundred
pips away from where they started the day and leave Sydney dealers wi th a mess
on their hands by the lime they get 10 work ea rl y Monday morning. As they go
through the moti ons of processing the outstandin g orders that the moves in NY
have created. this act ivity o ften shows up as a Su nday morn ing "bump" crea ted by
dealers trying to fill their orders in a thin market.
This scenario is illustrated above. A big econo mi c number released in the NY
morning causes prices to jump wildl y in both directions ( I ). Eventuall y, the market
settles on a direction and proceeds to follow it fo r the rest of the day, and o nce
European traders go home liquidity qui ckly dries up and NY traders beg in to plan
their weeke nds. In this 3-5 pm window, the price will thus slowly trickle in the
same direction until the close of the week (2). Althou gh you may have some
late-minute SlOp hunt ing by dealers, it will be in the same general directi on since
G B ~USD 5m CI>or1
Friday Sunday
......-
@ IT-Finance.com
-- •• 'WI ,,....,,_
Typical price aClion seen after a volatil e Friday: price conti nues to move in the same directi on
unti l Tok yo comes on-li ne.
,-
:::::
~J~~~~=
(3) Extension ,~.
(2) 3-5pm Window ,-,-,-

~
,-,-,,---
Sullday o pen
,-,-,-
,,-,--
,~.
, ~.
,-
,-,- ,m.
© IT-Flnance.com
Friday Sunday
,-....
Monday '::
,
'
The pattern is always the same: volatility spike. pre-weekend window. Sunday extension.
the market is too thin to stage any kind of mean ingfu l reversal. Th is win dow of
oppo rtu nity enab les traders to safely enter the market in anti cipati on of a Su nday
extension, confident that they will nol be stopped out before then. When Sydney
opens the new trading week. the move is quickly ex tended a runhcr 20- 30 pips
before seuli ng in for the Tok yo open (3).
The Friday (0 Sunday Extension 133
By entering in the ge neral market direction during the 3-5 pm window. you
can position yourself ahead of the market and probably against most retail traders.
If cable had a dramati c Friday sell off in NY and dropped 300 pips for the day,
conventional wisdom would state that the market was deeply oversold and due for
a rebound. If forced (0 choose, most traders would prefer LO take the long side,
when in reality the probability is much higher that the pair would co ntinue to trade
in the same direction (at least until the Tokyo open). Thi s hi gh-p robability outcome
combined wi th a limited dow nside g ives thi s trade great ri sk- return characteri sti cs.
Tradin g the Friday to Sunday ex ten sion is simple. yet hi gh ly effective. All that
you have to do is c lose you r eyes, elller in the prevailing market direction during
the 3- 5 pm window. and return on Sunday eve ning (NY time) 10 coll ect you r
10-30 pips. Talk about making your money work while you sleep!
- ----------------- - ----- - --- - ----------------------------------------~rut,l.;;JII~-
Friday Sunday Monday
The ex tension is visible in most USD pairs, and can be actively traded by entering the
market during the 3-5 pm window. When the market opens agai n in Sydney. make sure to
get ou l with your pips before Tokyo joins the fray.
KEYS TO THE TRADE
• Don ' t be foolish eno ugh to catch a falling knife; trade with the dealers, not
against them.
• Since the economic news released impacts the USO , make sure to trade
USD pairs only. Other crosses may trade in a wider and choppier range,
whi ch increases the dow nside ri sk.
134 Beat the Forex Deale r
Sunday extension
after a nearly 300 point
drop on Friday
72'~OJ 2ItOO:11 oozzoonoo OOOODIOO IrlOOo:llXlOO OOMOO~rootro . . OOOllOO ,nm,! 00,200 . 30111 ' ro 15 0011 00 IIOO,HfI'lDm71 m nmnroromm m
Afler <l big day in NY, Syd ney deale rs are le ft w ith a mountain of outsta nd ing orders that
they have to process in a thin market
Friday Sur<lay
NO EXTENSION
SEEN
/
Th ankfull y, the dynamics of this trade limits its downside. Even w hen no price extension is
secn. the lazy Sunday market will enable you to ex it at cost or w ith a small loss.
The Friday 10 Sunday Exlension 135
• Don ' t trade the AUD or NZD crosses since you want to focus on thinl y
traded pairs and they are at the height of liquidity during these times.
• To limit your downside, make sure that no important news events are sched-
uled to take place during the weekend (07 meeting, elections, etc.) since
these could have huge ramifications on price.
24
Sticking it to Your Dealer
Traders shudder at the mention of the term "sli ppage", since it implies gett ing a
terrib le fill. The amou nt of slippage a trader receives often depends on the coun-
tcrpany. who may either have slow dealers or difficulty finding li quidity in vo latile
markets, both of which ca n exacerbate the prob lem. Either way, slippage is a
matter-or-facl problem in Illost fast-moving or illiq uid markets, and as you may
have noticed it usually goes against the trader.
When was the last time YOll heard: "Your buy order was actually filled five
points lower, si r"? I'm guessing never. This is because in the case of any gaps or
large sudden pri ce swi ngs, the dealers pass along the cost to the cl ient but pocket
the difference if it gaps in your favor (you had a buy order at 30 but it gapped
down from 40 to 20, never trading in between). The advent of online FX brokers
and their "guaranteed'· orders were supposed to change that, since the ex tra profi t
margin by way of inflated spreads would more than make up for any short-term
losses suffered by the brokers. A couple of years back, during one particularly
nasty NFP release, a prominent retail broker stuck to their guarnnteed execution
poli cy even as prices jumped 300 pips, and quick-fingered speculators took them
for a coo l $5 mill ion in the process. Need less to say, after that day the g uarantees
soon went the way of the Dodo.
There may not be any more guarantees, but the reasons for the broker's losses
still exist, and you can take advantage of that weakness. As we saw in the Big
Figure Trade, on-l ine FX brokers need to make a market for thei r customers, even
in illi quid times. Ordi narily, the price they quote you is a synthetic rate created by
taking the bid/ask of the quotes they receive from their cou nl.erparties, and although
their pricing engines are all fully computeri zed and calculate at blazing speed, the ir
quotes are still not quire as fast as the quotes they receive. Thus, there is a small
price lag between their prices and the actu al interbank market, which is referred to
as price latency. To the smart trader, this is the eq ui vaJent of a time machine.
Imagine if your brokerage firm let you trade off the 15 min de layed quotes from
your TV whi le you were look ing at live prices. That woul d be a money- making
proposition to say the least.
After performin g a brief rev iew of several re tail forex platfo rms (the re are now
doze ns). o ne ca n immediatel y notice a discrepancy in pricing. Whe n compared to a
live EBS feed , some prices are relat ively fast , others are slow. This lag ca n become
a big inco nve nie nce if you are trying to get out of a profitable position (s ince their
price wi ll be slow 10 catch up or, worse, never even trade there), but it can become
a big advantage whe n e ntering a position.
In normal trading the price lag is nothing to gel exci ted about, sin ce the price may
be a pip or two away from the actual interbank price. In times of high volat ility,
however. the d iscrepancies can beco me large and invi ting for th e cu nning arbi -
trageu r. In volatile markets the retail pricin g engines have a tough time c reating a
price since liquidity is thin and their inputs (the prices they get) may be all over the
place. ma king it impossible for the m to c reate a proper price. In limes like these.
true interbank dea le rs simpl y widen their spreads to limit their ex posure. but reta il
brokers stuck with fixed spreads resort to eithe r freezin g their pri ces or sw itch ing
to manual (dealer-conl ro lled) executio n.
After a couple of seconds or minutes the nows s mooth out a nd pricing ret urns
to no rmal , but by that tjme you may have already walked away with a handful
of risk- free pips . In theory everyone should be able to do thi s very easi ly and
consisten tl y, although it does take a degree of patience a nd di li gence th at may not
be everyo ne's cup o f lea.
Here is how it works:
Step 1. Identify a Faster Price Feed Than Your Own
Thi s can eas il y be done by placing d ifferent platforms (de mo or real) si de by side
a nd com parin g their perform ance during news even ts and gene rally vo latil e times.
YOLI can also choose to receive a direct Re uters or EBS feed (through Bloo mberg),
but that is usuall y not cost-effective for the small trader.
Step 2. Place the Fast Feed Alongside Your Slower Tradable Feed
If you find that your ow n pl atform is the fas test, the n you mi ght want to cons ider
sw itc hing to one of the s lower ones to take adva ntage of thi s situatio n. I have fou nd
that UK-based forex brokers tend to qu ote faster prices than their US ri va ls. since
they often usc a modifi ed Reuters feed fo r their pri cing e ngi nes.
Step 3. Pick the Hell out of Them
I tested thi s strategy by opening a n accou nt with one of the NY -based forex retail
platforms and traded alongside a Reuters feed. In one week of trading I managed
to co llect more tha n 200 risk-free pips. No princely sum , but the re is no reason not
10 take it if the market is g iving it away .
Sticking it to Your Dealer 139
Obviously the brokers are aware of thi s situation. and they are constantly trying
to upgrade and speed up their price engines. Often they are forced to take pro-acti ve
measu res when faced with vo lati le trading, and the first thing they do is anticipate
volatil e, and poss ibl y hazardous, times. This mea ns that at 08.30 NY time they
switch to manual prices, and if ' impo rtant ' numbers arc due they may protect
themselves by simpl y rejec ting all incomin g trades. Trading becomes impossib le in
times like these. This is another dirty tri ck played on FX traders by retai l brokers.
Is thi s legal? Of course it is!
FEED 1 FEED2 FEED 3

100000
EUR/USD EUR/USD EUR/USD

1.27 1.27 1.27
74/78 72/76 71/74
GBP/USD GBP/USD GBP/USC
1.89 1.89 1.89
89/91 91/96 85/90
BID/ASK
FEED 1 FEED 2 FEED 3

100004
EUR/USD EUR/USD EURIUSD

1.27 1.27 1.27
81/82 82/85 72/75
GBP/USD GBP/USD GBP/USD
1.89 1.89 1.89
96/98 97/02 85/90
BID/ASK
Side-by-side compa ri son of three tradable price feeds before economic news hit thc wirc.
You can see the "rbi lrage oppon un ities created by H slow feed. whi ch lets YOLI buy euros
nearly 10 pips below market price im mediat ely following the news release.
If you r broker is quoting you delayed prices it is their problem. not yours. Do
not think twice about taking some ri sk-free money from th e brokers. since with
their innated s pread~, stop hunting, and generally unfair attitude they are robbing
the ave rage trader blind. Consider thi s to be payback time for all of those stops
that we re needlessly run and lhe horrible fills you received. Although you may get
pegged as a "picker" after a while, why not make a few bucks in the short run ?
14ll Beat the forex Dealer
What a difference a pip makes!

Spreads are often overlooked by individual traders as simply "the
price you pay to play", but even a one pip difference in a spread can
have a big impact on an active trader's returns.
Calculating the cost of trading:
Active trader trades 5 times a day

250 trading days/year
Each position is opened and closed (x2)
Account size Is $50 000
Position size is $200000 (leverage 4)
This trader's annual turnover is thus: 5 * 250 * 2 • 200000 =$500 million

Now let's calculate what your broker pockets
=
(annual tu rnover· spread)l2 spread cost
3 pip spread 2 pip spread

(500M • 0.0003Y2 = $75000 (500M • 0.0002V2 = $50000
The cost of trading with a 3 pip spread liS. a 2 pip spread is $25000, or
50% of the account equity! Transaction costs are the number one reason
why active traders typically fail in the long run (in any market). An active
trader would have to generate $75000 in profits (150% return) simply
to break even . Meanwhile , traders are convinced by their FCM that FX
trading features no McommissionsMand the cost of trading is minimal.
Source OANOA. FX Tr8d6rs Bill of Rights 2000
KEYS TO THE TRADE
• Be on the lookout for news events that are not "obvious" and time-defined,
such as Fed speakers, cons umer confidence numbers (ge nera ll y come out
in a 15111i n time window), and second-tier econo mic news like the Beige
Book, elc. One can also take advantage of their slower prices during normal
market moves, which are sometim es quick and brutal.
• Try targeting more exotic pairs, whi ch are not moni tored as closely by
the dea lers. Most big hou ses have a euro desk and a Sterl ing desk, but
few houses have a Kiwi desk, for exa mple. Price di screpancies in exotics
are less easily nOliced by dealers. and may last for a whil e umil they are
correc ted. (I once caught my broker sleeping and was able to buy GBPJPY
30 pips below the actua l market price!)
St icking it to Yo ur D ealer 141
• To enter the trade, look for the d iscrepa ncy to be large enough to at least
cover the spread, giv ing YOli a risk-free trade. Norma ll y. all trades shoul d
be closed out rather q uickly, but on the rare event that you jump o n to a
big move take some profit and place a SlOp at entry for the rest and see
how far it goes!
• Remember to take a screenshoLof you r open trade just in case your broker
decides 10 "take back" the Lrade.
THE FUTURE
25
The End of the Beginning
From a big-picture perspective, the two great problems facing the FX market are
liquidity and correlation. Although your trading platform's marketing may paint a
rosy picture of increasing vol ullles, limitless liquidity, and cou ntl ess counterparties,
the rea lity is a little harsher. Liquidity is not increasing in the markets; it is either
stayin g the same or morc likely is declining. There is simpl y a finite amount
of liquidity to go around, and although the methods of accessing this pool have
increased, th e actual amounts available to trade have essentiall y stayed the same.
All of the new electroni c prime brokerages and dealing services are now tapping
the same we ll that has long been controlled by a few of the largest banks. With
more and more platforms now granting access to thi s fixed amount, it may create
the illusion of increased liquidity (you now have three price providers instead of
one), but in fac l they are simpl y slicing up the pie into smaller and smaller pieces.
Thi s never seems to be an issue in good times and overall positi ve sentiment, but
in times of turmo il it can prove deadly as moves tend to get magn ified. News events
that once failed to inspire traders are now turning into market-moving events that
dry up liquidity and produce sharp intra-day swi ngs, creating ever-more choppy
lrading condition s. Although the vo latility may prove momentary, a sleepy market
is often the most dangerou s one for traders, and at the time of this writing the fore x
market has been sleepi ng for a bit too long.
The new millennium has so far been characterized by a framework of low volatil-
ity in which some currencies remain essentially pegged to the US dollar (most
notably the Chinese renminbi), whi ch some are callin g Bretton Woods 11. In an
effo n to dampen exchange rate volatility and spur global growth, central banks have
so far mostl y coordinated their policy moves and moved together hand-in-hand. For
them, [his low volatility has had the added benefit of driving many speculators oul
of the FX markel, since in theory if all countries successfu ll y target 3 % inflation
they wi ll all end up with the same interest rates (effectively killing currency spec-
ul ati on). This level of cooperation and low volati lity is not very likely to last in
the long run , however, and the dramatic trade imbalances we see today should
soo ner or later translate into a rocky period. BWn will be severely tested when
these imbalances arc eventua ll y corrected and the liquidity issue will once again
j ump to the fo refront of trader's minds.
]0 our increasingly interconnected financial world. when markets drop traders
now say that Hthe on ly thi ng to go up is correlation", and in a lime when traders
across the globe can instantl y se ll whole portfo li os (Le. emerging markets) at the
hint o f a problem, it is no wonder Ihal all eyes arc now on C hina. Their IllOll nlain
of dollars has essentiall y become a leveraged play On the US consumer, and if the
outcome of thi s game leads to the death of the US do ll ar then a series of events
are likely 10 take place that could prove harmful to the FX industry.
Instead of actuall y addressi ng the core problems facing the coumry, politicians
wi ll predictably choose to take the easy way out and vili fy you, the trader, and
impl ement over-the-to p regul at ion. Cu rrency speculators be warned!
All of this is far from certa in, of course, bUL if currency fluctuations do indeed
become more extreme then it is not hard to imag ine some sort of exchange controls
being impl emented in the US that would limit the average person's ab ili ty to move
and exchange doll ars freely. This would prove to be a sad state of affa irs, but
po liticians tend to reach for the closest scapegoat, and FX specu lators will at some
po int in the future fa ll into thi s ro le. It is for thi s reason that I urge all readers 10
open and fund an overseas bank accoun!. It is completely legal (you must report
it to the IRS) and it will offer you a way to diversify your sav ings and tap the
world's markets even if exchange controls are implemented down the line. The
honeymoon period fo r retai l FX is comi ng to an end , and traders should prepare
themse lves in advance of any future legis latio n.
Currency trading should not be the rea lm of mega-banks and billi onaires: every-
day people shou ld also act ively parti cipate in the market. I would even argue that
most peop le simpl y do not have a cho ice. Tn our interconnected g lobal world, you
are go ing to be affec ted by exchange rate moves whether you li ke it or not , so you
may as well playa pro-active role in securin g your fut ure. Whether spot trading
on a margin basis is the ri ght way to go about it is debatable, but all investors
should find some way to hedge or speculate o n currencies, ei ther through a foreign
bank account , ETF, or an FX trad ing account. In the end , the way you choose to
participate is up to you and shou ld refl ect your needs and goa ls.
IT IS UP TO YOU
Where wi ll the dollar be a year from now? Frankly. nobody knows. Although
there is pl enty of money to be made in fore x tradi ng, it is defi nitely not in currency
forecasting . In order to reach thi s pot of gold you have to be ab le to find an
approach that accurately trades market corrections rather than predicts lhem, since
technical and fundamental ana lys is are simply not enough to beat the crowd.
The secret to success is actuall y not such a big sec ret. Everyone knows that with
proper money management and a half-decent strategy you can make money. Yet
most still find themselves failing.
The End of the Beginning 147
To become trul y successful, if you are a beginning trader you should immerse
yourself completely (and I mea n com pletely) in the subject in order to ti nd your
edge. If you are al ready a winning trader, then you had better make sure thaLyou
understand exactl y what your edge is. What is it that sets you apart from the other
90 % of traders? Is it sheer luck or something different ? Knowing what keeps you
in the game is the only way to fi nd your way back during tough times. In the end.
no one can ever hope 10 mas ter the FX market; but for those th at manage to set the
doll ar signs apart and focus on the intell ectual enjoyment trading provides them, a
fort une us ually lies along th e way!
TRADING HOW TO'S
How to Set Up Your Trading
With decent money management rules and some form of trading strategy in your
pocket you are ready to beg in conqueri ng {he FX market. Yet regardl ess of whether
you are trading systemati ca ll y or discreti onary, before you begin trading for the
day you must first feel confident in your tradin g environment. If the FX market is
a battlefield, then you are the general and you r positions are yo ur troops, and you
want to make sure that you have a firm grasp of the terrain before sen ding any of
them in (Q fight. Having a set game plan enables YOLI to nOI only react quickly in
fast- mo ving markets, but it also helps take some of the dec ision making Oll t of the
equati on by pre-planning the moves ahead of lime.
There are a few, simple things that every trader should do in order to stay in
complete contro l of their trading environ ment.
UNDERSTAND THE BIG PICTURE
The best way to start your trading day is to begin by looking at charts from a bi g
time frame to smal l. Start with the dai li es, then zoo m into the 4 hr, I hr, 15 min, etc.
If you don ' t know where you've been. then you can't possibly know where you're
going. FX trading is as much about readi ng the past as it is about interpreting the
futu re, so make su re to ask you rself: are we in a ranging or trending market ? Have
any signifi cant long- term patterns developed (see chart A. I)?
On ly a cursory look is needed at the daily chart s, but sometimes overnight
moves will have created significa nt development s (broken trendlincs, Fibonacci
retracel11ent s, etc.) that wi ll be missed if your attenti on is squarel y foc used on the
short-term charts. The following steps should be taken to gel a proper fee l for the
market
1. Establish the general direction
Figuring out the general direction should be rather easy. Candl esti ck anal ysis and
mov ing average ribbons (chart A.2) are elegant ways of identify ing long-term
patterns, reversals, or meaningful set-ups.
152 Beallhe Forex Dealer
Chart A.I The break o f long-term patterns ( J-trend line, 2- previous lOp, Fibonacci) would
be missed by concen trati ng emi rely on shorHcrm charts.
--.____•__
;c_
... __------------------------~~ ..
-
~--7"C_---- -~~
••
-
-
- Contracting MAs indicate
momentum slowing, possible
reversal
- Expansion Indicates
- /" strong trend ....
- -
MOVING AVERAGE RIBBON
C hart A.2 A moving average ribbon can instantl y tell you if the market is trending strongly
(MA s spread apart), or consolidating in preparation rOf the next large breakout (contracting
MA s).
2. Figure oullhe daily trading range
A good daily trading range shows you where the vast maj ority of the moves
are expected happen. and any movcs outs ide of the range should be viewed as
short-term abnormaliti es thaI can be faded.
EURUSD 4hr Chart
FADE
BOLLINGER BANDS
i
©IT..flnance.com
• • • p • .. .. .. " " .. It " , •
Chart A.3 Bollinger Bands applied to 4hr charts give a good indication of the day's range
and any extensions beyond this (arrows) can be faded for a quick move back withi n the
bands.
SCENARIO PLANNING
Once you have a genera l overview of the market, you can begin planning you r
trading responses to a number of different scenarios that may take place during
the day. Nor onl y does this exercise your mind, but asking yourself "what will
happen if the Euro breaches 1.3560?" or "what will be the market reaction to a
weak retail sales number?" also helps make your tradin g reaction to these events
automatic.
Make sure that you know ahead of time what news is schedu led to be released,
the market expectations, since all too often traders forget that there is more news
out there than just the 08.30 NY releases, so keep an eye ou t for market moving
events from Asia and Europe that may have a big impact o n prices.
154 Beat the Fo rex Dealer
··
MOVING AVERAGE
ENVELOPE
......
.....
FADE
........ ,.
Char t A.4 A moving average envelope contains most of the daily moves for even notoriously
volatile pairs such as the sterling/yen.
If after all of this preparation the price action does not correspond (Q your scenario
and game plan (you were bearish on cab le but it blasted through several of your
res istance levels) then you should take this as a red flag and probably sit on your
hands until you ca n re-evaluate the day' s events.
STAY FOCUSED
Understanding the big picture does not mean understanding the whole picture.
Since you cannot trade everything, focu s on your favorite pairs and get to know
them we ll. It takes a li feti me to understand a cu rrency 's behavior, how it reacts
to things like oi l prices, interest rares, etc., so concentrate on learn ing a few pairs
very well instead of fo llowing everything half-hearted.
ALWAYS TAKE NOTES
Although it may seem like a thankless task , keeping a trading journal is the best
way to reap the benefits of the analysis you have just done above. After all. if you
don ' t keep a written record how are you going to know if your thoughts were on
the money, or if your tactics proved to be wrong? Keeping a record will keep you
from repeating costl y mi stakes (" I' ve been in thi s situat ion before, what did I do in
that case?") since it may be hard to remember your motivations for ent ering a trade
post-facl. A t the end of the day you are your best teacher, and before going home
for the day you should make sure to write down your feeli ngs on the majors and
set so me targets for the overni ght market. This will create a continuity of thought
and help you jump back into the market the fo ll owing morning. You can also use
thi s to fine-tune your forecasting and technical abilities.
How to Trade Price Action
The sharp moves ohell seen in the FX markets can be difficu h to trade and properl y
adj ust to, eve n for advanced traders, but learning lO read and interpret the price
action in situations like these gives us a big leg- up. In a steep decl ine. for exampl e.
one mu st be careful to measure the reacti on of the lungs to know if the move has
a chance to turn into a roul. By looking at the reaction of the longs as soon as the
rate beg ins lO ex tend south , you may be able to determine if the market is sitting
on a large number of long positions or not
Usua lly. if a spike lower is followed by a sharp V-shaped recovery, then you
should be wary of s horting the pair. Masses of buyers enterin g the market at
lower levels tells you that the market is not particularly lon g. and the lower prices
represent "bargain" levels for those wi shin g to acc umulate long pos itions.
On the other hand , if after the initial move lower any uptick is sold into, you
can be fairly sure that th e market is caught lon g and wrong. The longs rea li ze that
they ho ld bad trades, and are eagerl y awaiting any uptick to offload some of their
posi tions. This is when s mart traders and dealers s mell blood and go in for the kill.
Take a look at chart A.S to see how the market reacts durin g s harp mo ves.
1. Sell ers come into the market for whatever reason (news, etc.) and over-
whelm any bids. driv in g the pai r lower. When the pair s lows down and
consolidates the move, the reaction of the market here is critical.
2. No sharp recovery is seen, indi cat in g th"t the nobody considers thi s correc-
tion to be a "cheap" buying level, and more likely than not some trapped
longs are feeling the heat. The pair moves in a steady fashion as shorts
take profit. reload, and short again. The pair will continue to move lower
as long as there are more sell ers than buyers. and it falls until some sort
of eq uilibrium point is reached.
3. Normall y the rate would rebound a bit from thi s area as shorts buy back
their posi ti ons, but seeing the attract ive round number nearby, stop hunters
and retail "chasers" join the short selling party. The pair briefl y breaches
the round number, takes out any remainin g stops and rebounds as dealers
buy back their shorts. The longs have now either been stopped out or cut
their losses.
GBPU.sO 3m Chart -
g;
I'~'
It
I i nrj/ 1 , j,-
ltj I I Jt ",
11(/2 j <on,
,f 11-"SII
4
,-
fPl~t~ ~ 1.1111.
·1 rl ~mh" ,r •.• 3
l~
JI I j
Jl 14tflf i l th
'i '1 ,.I
lf
ti ,pn'1.; , ,
J
1."2
.
•
Ht[ f~r'~~ ", H;T1
IUIII' I!!'.
".
0
~
I. I 10
,
0
©IT-Finance.com •
,,:IS ,3-OS ' .1<01 ",. ,,"77 ...11 , ..s Ism 'S'OI ,So',. 'S'N .5'11 '5;OS , _ .tOl ,,, •• 'IIOJI "35 "us I r . .1"01 nil .127 \1'3\1 '1". It:OO '.011 .t,. 111:11 .t:18 C
0
!!.
Chart A.S •,
After the last flurry of se llin g, the market is left leaning on the short side,
with no fresh suppl y hitting the market. This imbalan ce in turn creates
the perfect "s hort squeeze" set up. Since the market tends to foll ow the
'max imum pain' theory, it will now probably head north to try and cause
some pain to the other side of the markel. As soon as the dealers understand
thai Ihe se lling pressure has ended and the original lo ngs have long been
shaken out (remember, they have access to order flow ). Lhey slowly start
10 bid up the pair.
4. Expecting a continuatio n of the move, new shorts (c hasers) are taken on

a fina l move lower. The market al this point is oversat urared with shorts
and a sharp V-shaped recovery takes place. Like dominos toppling over,
the shorts are easi ly squeezed by the dealers. Squeezes tend to be sharp
and vicious, reflecting the panic the shorts are in. Never underestimate the
resu lts of di sorderl y forced buyi ng/selling, and never fade a sq ueeze; lest
you e nd up getting "squeezed".
In thi s case, th e o ri ginal orderl y down-move took approximately 2 hours to unfold

wh il e the short sq ueeze retraced the entire move in a mere 30 minutes. Simply
comparing th e two hal ves of the chart reveals the difference between orderl y market
moves and forced buying/selling (s tops), A testament to the power of fear.
Moves like these are typical of a purel y speculati ve market where " hot money"
is out chas ing prices and no real money or long-term fundamentally inspired bets
are being placed, Basically the day to day chop of the FX markets,
So how does one trade these choppy markets?
TECHNICAL HELP
Moving averages are one of the o ldest tri ed-and-t rue indicators, but since they are
lagging indicators to the short term trader they seem to be of little use. As with all
price-driven indic,ltors there are trade-offs, and one has to look at the MA itse lf to
find good uses for such a tool.
The most widely looked at MA s are the 50, 100, and 200 day MA which are a
s impl e, yet effi cien t ways to gauge trends, their strength s (meas ured as a % away
for the MA), and reasonab le support levels, All day-traders should know where
these levels sit on the dail y chart s, because as widely foll owed indi cators they
attract stop hunters and should therefore be avoided.
Since moving averages essen tiall y re late the past price action, they ca n also be
used effectively intra-day for entering and ex iting positions in one-way markets.
During sharp moves, it ca n be difficult fo r a trade r to properly enter a position
since retracements are far and few. and the "it can' l go hi gherllower" mentalit y
may SCI in .
160 Beat the Fore" Oealer
For example, even thou gh you were beari sh on cable, at the end of the day you
find yourself on the sideli nes looking at a 200 point drop, or worse, caught trying
to pick a bottom.
In this scenario, the MAs can be used as dynamic resistance levels to trade off of,
with much better results than the stop-happy stati c suppOlllresistance levels known
to the whole market. Using the 10 and 20 you can effecti vely choose when to open
and close your position based on price action, not just an arbitrary number. Refer
to chart A.6.
GUUSO 3m Chort
-
-
.'
-
,.,
- ...
©I T-Flnance.com
' . ..
, ."
Chart A.6 Us ing movi ng averages during sharp moves.
I. The market breaks lower and you mi ss the initial short, bu t aner a bearish
cross you have the opportunity to enter a position once the pri ce tests the
!Od rna. This is the first dynami c resistance and should be so ld into (a
seco nd ca n be sold at the 20). In thi s instance you have numerous chances
to enter shorts. Notice how this beats simply selling the next break lower.
2. Once in a trade, choose to exit 112; of the position when the lOis breached
(closed bar), and the other half when the 20 gives way (3). After the 20
gives way the price action is telling you that there are more buyers th an
sellers out there, and the dynamics of the move have changed.
The advantages of lIsi ng MAs in [his manner is that it gives you dynamic levels
to trade off and gauge price acti on, rather than agreeing on arbitrary levels or your
'gUl' to tell you when you should take profit. By laking these decisions off of your
shoulders and LUrning them into a systematic ones, you are less prone to take profits
too early and it has the added benefit of placing less strain on your psyche. Take
a look back at chart A.5 to see how effective the MAs were in protecting profits.
How to Build a Position
Formulating good tradin g strateg ies and views on the market is all we ll and good,
but if you don't have a proper way of entering you r positions in an orderly manner
then you may find your trade in the red the minute you enter the market.
SCALING
h is com mon knowledge that the ideal way to trade is to gradua ll y enter a position,
and then grad uall y ex it as your targets are mel. In theory th is approach is beautiful:
in rea lity most traders will find it very hard to accomp li sh. II is hard 10 add an
increasing amoun! to your position when it looks worst, and hard not to take profits
once it moves into the black. The psychologicaJ aspec t is often times too great and
lucky are the few thal can SiL still wh ile the market gyrations make you r P/L swing
like a kite in the wind .
One way to get around these considerations is to take small chunk s out or
the market ins tead o r going ror the entire move. Taking profit in a trade is very
important not onl y for the balance sheet. but al so for you r psyche. Profi t taking
breeds a positi ve mentality that all traders need , and in case the posi tion turns
around and you end up with a loss, at least you pu t some pips away to soften the
blow.
BUILDING A POSITION
Trying 10 lime the perfect en try/exit is a fru itl ess exercise engaged by traders that
serves only to hi nder your trading. Profess ional traders know that they are not
likely to en ter at the "exact" top or bottom, so instead they focus on figurin g out
the pri ce range for their entry.
Let's take a look at a real-world example usin g the looni e (USDCAD):
Because of our technical analys is and inlerprelalion of the pri ce action. we think
the looni e is po ised to fall and enter a short posi tion (chart A .7).
According to our mo neYMmanagement guidelines, ou r ris k shoul d be no more

than $200 on a $ IOK account (2%). We have two options:
• One lOOK lot with" 20 pip stop.

• Multiple mini lots with varied stops.
U$OC,t,.O 5m C'-I
1.1370
"360
0
~ "'"
VAI"r~~ 1330
FIRST SEll
\ EXECUTED ,".,
,"'"
,""
11310
, - - - ----" """
TA RGET AREA 11280
' -_ _ _ _. . . . ,1271l
. 11280
112~
11230
w,···u
©ITMFlnance.com
------------- ----------_ ..... _---
Chart A.7
YOli can immediately see the flexibility you give yourse lf by tradin g small er lots,
whi ch is exactl y the rcason most retail traders should trade mini accounts. Your
total ri sk should be what' s imponant to you, not nailing the exact entry poin t. Most
FX platforms these days calculate your ave rage cost aut omati call y, so fi guring out
the ri sk o n multiple positions is fairl y easy to acco mpli sh.
Let' s say we decide to trade 5 mini 100S (l everagin g 5 times). If we where to
trade them all at once, then we would need to set a 40 pip stop. We are riskin g th e
same amount ($200) but at a lower ri sk profile, The ma rc ex peri enced you get with
yo ur tradin g. the more comfortable you will be in varyin g your entri es and stops.
or co urse, before we arc cvcn closc to enterin g the trade we will already have
charted out the day' s trading leve ls whi ch we can use to enter and ex it the trade.
With fi ve lots to trade, we begin to enter incrementall y hi gher amounts once ou r
entry price is reached.
USDCAD 5m ChaI1
o 1.1370
'~;:~~
1.1360
1.1l!WI
0
,
. . >.
. 'UN 1.1:1.40
1.1330
1.13%0
o ~Ul'.")l(I
1.1310
1.1300
1.1290
1.1 280
1.1 210
1.1 2$0
1.1250
flEXIBLE TRADING ENABLES YOU TO WITHSTAND

A 20 -30 PIP " RANDOM" MOVE AGAINST YOU
~-~1I
1 .123(1
------------- -.--------- --------

©IT-Finance.com
Chart A.S
I. First sell order executed @ 1.1330

Jllst kettil1f: aUf /(1el wei, making sure we have an "imeresT" i1l the market.
Now, one o f two things ca n happe n. The mo rc comm on o ne is to see the price
shoot up as soon as we enter our short This is when most traders scream " thi s
always happens to me!", but in our case we are just happy to see better selling
levels. On the other hand , if the pair proceeds to immediately plummet, then our
pos iti on would already be in the black. Not a bad place to be. Staning slllall mean s
putting yo urself in a wi n-w in situation.
2. The loonie moves highcr and we sell 2 morc @ 1.1345

We are now short 3, and we have two more buliels remaining.
After a few minutes, the pair con tin ues to move hi gher and is sittin g at 1.1 355,
25 pips above our ori ginal entry. If the rate continues to climb hi gher, we still
have 2 more lots to belt er our cost, or if we fcc I unco mfortable with the trade we
can choose to ex it with a meager loss. Using the one- lot strategy, we would ha ve
already been stopped out.
166 Beal the Fore" Dealer
3. The pair finally begins to come otT and gains downside momentum.
We enter our final two shorts @ 1.1333
We are 'lOW short 5 avg. cosl37.
Note that thi s is not "averagi ng down," which is a desperation move. This is
building a position. We were able to gel a bCllcr cost fo r our short (37 compared to
the initial 30) and managed to ride the blip higher lhat slopped ou l man y of your
fellow traders.
Once the tops ide stops are taken out. the trade now has room to move all the
downside. We ex it according to our support levels, taking oul 2/3 and leavin g the
rest wi th a SLOp at entry looking for lower levels.
Big traders rarely trade wit h fi xed orders in the market (for fear of revealing
their intentions), and enter and exi t posi tions according to price act ion. This type
of trading is probably best suited for experi enced traders with established trading
styles, whil e new traders are belter-off trading with mUl tip le fixed orders in the
market which lets them focu s on tweaking their analysis instead.
Building a positi on means establi shing ranges fo r you to trade off of. rather than
tryi ng to define abso lute values for the perfect e ntry. In the FX market there is so
much intra-day noise that try in g to fi nd the perfect entry and exit of any trade is
pract icall y imposs ibl e; so why bother? Instead of thinking "at what price should I
enter," you should be thinking "what is a good 10-15 pip range to enter/ex it my
posi tions?" As long as your ana lysis is correct most of the time, you should be
able to make money most o f the ti me as well .
TRADE YOUR TlMEFRAME
Once in the trade, a crucial mi stake some traders make is to trade out of their
time frame. Once in a trade, it can be tempting to scour di fferen t charts in order to
find some gl immer of hope that may turn that losi ng trade into a winner. A trade
ope ned accord ing to the 3 minute chart will turn sour, but a st ubborn trader wi ll
not let go and turn to the 15 min or 30 min charts where the trade looks better. As
you may have guessed. thi s never works and on ly opens the door to larger losses
and mo re pa in for the trader.
Learn to cut you r losses short. If you opened you r trade accord ing to a signal
from the 3 min chan , get out as soo n as the 3 min chart te ll s you the trade is no
good. It 's no use to flip time frames until you find a chart that suits your needs:
remember that you are foll owi ng the price action, not the ot her way around.
The o nly time it 's appropriate to switch time frame is when the tmde is deep
in -the-money. If the signal came from the 3 minute chart bu t ex tended farther than
you thought, it may be reasonable to think that the move has further to go. Switc hing
to a longer time frame may show you the market rolling over and confirming the
signal. In this case it is wi se to take some profit and let the res t run, but a good
rule to fol low is to gel out according to the time frame you used to enter the trade.
If your origi nal analys is was incorrect. then you can't to turn a loser into a wi nner;
no matter what fancy indicators or software you may use. Trash in .... trash out , as
they say.
How to Trade Out of a Losing
Position
One of the most imponant lessons any trader need s to learn is how to effecti vel y
trade out of a losing position. Although thi s is usuall y the realm of money man-
agement techniques, at so me point in their careers traders may find themselves
with a trade that is deep underwater and that has the potential to wipe oul their
account.
Although it would be easy to note that if proper money managemen t rules are
followed this situation should never arise, in the real world traders do sometimes
find themse lves in these pos iti ons because of a slip in judgment, tec hni ca l problem,
or simply stubborn behavior. In any case, most traders do at so me point find them-
selves with a runaway pos ition, and what they do in such a sce nario determin es
their longev ity in the market.
When holding onto a bi g loser, mos t traders ha ve two choices: cut the position
immediately for a huge loss, or try to average down and hope for a [Urn around.
Neither approach is particularly attractive, seeing as how you take a big monelary
hit with one, or place all of your chips o n the table and hope for the best with the
other.
There is a third way: trading yourself out of the market. Great traders simply
refuse to take an outri ght loss by way of a stop, and instead o nce they real ize that
the market has proven them wrong they begin to " li ghten up" by s lowl y tradin g
their way out of a losing posi tion .
Once you reali ze your pos ition is dead in the water, your mi ssion then becomes
to better your average cost without add ing (Q the position. Add ing (Q the position
(averagi ng down) only creates more pai n, and can quickl y take away your flexibility
as the loss grows and becomes unmanageable. So instead of adding, we need to
cut part of it on a dip in order to gain more breathin g room and be able to trade
out of the rest.
USOJP Y Dally Chart
117
115
113
110
©IT-Finance.com
Chart A.9 The key to this strategy is nexibility.
Take a look at the chart at lefl to belief illustrate thi s technique. Assume that you
are short agai nst the trend and you want to get out. You are faced with these
options:
• Get oul of everyt hing and take a su bstantial loss.

• Hold ont o it and hope the pair wi ll coll apse before you run out of margin.
• C ut part of the position on any reaso nable dip.
The benefi t of cutting part of your position on a dip is two-fo ld. First, although
you are forced to take an initial loss, you free up liquidity and give yourself more
flexibility to react to futu re price moves. Any move now is a good move. If the
USDJPY bounces hi gher, you can fe-load at better selling levels lO improve your
average cost. On the other ha nd , if it immediatel y co ll apses then great, it 's movi ng
in your direction.
The other great thing about cUlling part of your posi ti on is that you instantly
take so me of the stress away. Keep in mind that one of the most stressful aspects
of trad ing is the psychologica l impact a running loss may have on your trading.
Faced with big losses, most traders are keen to stop the pain immediately, and thus
take needless hits.
Once you have cut part of your position, you then proceed to make small trades
and slowly better your average cost. Us ing intra·day volatility, you make small
trades to effecti vely trade out of your positio n.
How to Trade Oul of a losing Posilion 171
THE RUN·AWAY TRADE
To belter illustrate thi s technique, let 's look at an example of the same USDJPY
move that surely caused a lot of pain to many traders not following a fl ex ible
trading strategy (re rer to chart A.I 0).
I. Around the beginning of October, we believe that USDJPY is overbought

and in the process of lOpping out. We think the rate may fail near the
113.70 resistance level, so we take an initial short at 113.50. Our plan is
to scale into the position and thi s is our first shot - always stay flexi ble.
In this swing trade, we are look ing for a move back dow n to the 109 support level
in the com ing weeks. We are willing to ri sk 150 pips total , for a very reasonable
1:3 risk/reward ratio (ri sking 150, look ing for around 450pips,). We realize that the
market may overshoot the pre vious top (searching for stops), so we remain fle xible
and are prepared to add two more shorts higher.
2. After initially fa iling at the 11 3.70 resistance, the dollar rallies and takes
ou t stops to print a new hi gh of 11 4.20. So far it' s no surpri se, we knew
thi s could happen and we take advantage of the higher leve ls to set our
seco nd shon @ 114.10.
We are now short 2 at an average of I 13.80 ( 11 3.50+ 114. 10). Stop is 75 pips away
( 150 pips divided by 2 lots). Always keep an eye on you r total exposu re, slllce
that is what is most important.
3. The dollar beg ins to sink as planned and the trade is now in the black.
We are looking to add a third short if it breaks below the figure (I 13.00),
since that will be an indication that momentum is picking up steam to
the downside. Unfortunate ly the pair does not break the figure, but instead
rebound s and is soo n testing the hi ghs once aga in .
4. During thi s rebound we can choose to e ither cut the trade at cost, or stick
with it. Our gut is tellin g us that something is not right, but we believe the
pair is still ripe for a reversal so we stick with the trade. The mo ve might
be tak ing longer than we thought , but techs still point to a decline and
there see ms to be some good supply near the previous highs. We decide to
take our third (and final) short @ 114.40. We are now shon 3 lots average
114.00. ( 113.50+ 11 4.10+1 14.40). Stops are set 50 pips away ( 150 pips
divided by 3).
5. The dollar proceeds to lank, laki ng out SlOpS and quickly j umping another
big figure. At thi s point you decide 10 disregard you r money management
rules and remove you r stops - it's already lip a/most 600 pips, it can't go
higher! The pair is so overbought that il has to corre(."' , and I will CUI my
position when it does.
~
'-1 U$DJPV Dally Chart ;:;!

121
120
119
118
117
116
2 4
\\ 115
114
I' " 113.70
1 113
112
111
110 ;.'"
109 "3'
~
© IT-Finance.com
.u .... __""'_ ~
Chart A.IO
- ~
"
~
o•
;.
~
"
How 10 Trade Out of a Losing Position 173
Trying to out-think the market is never a bright idea, since the market doesn't
have to do anything. Whenever the market is faced with something it can' l do, it
quickly proceeds to do that exact thing. Th is is because the traders hoping for a
reversal are all sitting on the same trade, and vulnerable.
We know we are in lrouble. We are short average 114.00, and with dollar-yen
printing 115.50 we have an unrealized 450 pip ( 150 x 3) loss ... well above the
initial 150 that we were willing to risk. This simple trade is now looking like it
may very well take a large ch unk ou t of our account, and the stress level increases.
We are tempted to simply stop the pain, get rid of it all and regroup. Stubborn
traders may be tempted to double lip and bet on a decline.
USDJPY Dallv " " • •- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----,
121
120
119
118
5
117
4 116
2
• 6,7
\ \ 115
114
113.70
1 • 3 113
112
111
110
109
Chart A.ll
174 Beat the forex Dealer
Shrewd traders do neither. After getting over the initial shock of the si tuation
we take a deep breath. some aspirin. and decide to rake control of the si tuation;
we're going to fight tooth and nail until we co me oul of this trade alive.
We fe-analyze the si tuation from an objective point of view and realize that
the market has effective ly proven us wrong. Pride has no place in FX tradin g;
the market proved us wrong and we move forward. The USDJPY is not going to
reverse lower to 109, and if anything, it looks like it wants to go higher.
The one thing that saves us during these bad trades is the same thing that
saves dea lers , namely the facL that that currencies do nol move strai ght up (or
down) , but rather have a tendency to make a move, consolidate, then con tinue. This
stair-case pattern is evident in most financial inst ruments, and simpl y indicates the
accumu lation/distribution stages of a move. Longs may take some profit and shorts
may get stopped out, and both need time to set new positions. You should co nsider
these conso lidation periods as your window of opportunity (box 6-7).
With our new understandin g of the situalion we look for a dip to free up part of
our position. This soon happens and the pair dips to test the 115 level.
6. We get rid of one lot at 11 5. 10. We take a reali zed loss of 160pips (first
in, first OUI). Now we are short 2 lots avg. 114.25, with an unrealized loss
of 170 pips. Taking the loss hurt s, but we have now given ourselves more
flexibility (and margin).
The flexibility we have given ourselves means that whatever the yen may do at
this point. we can handle.
7. We wai l for a ran ge to develop. This soon t.akes place as a rough 100
point range develops and trades for almost JO straight days. We recognize
thaI a range has developed and begin to actively trade the third lot that
we freed up. Shorting near 116. we buy il back near liS. This technique
proves effeclive and we are nimble enough wilh intra-day lrades 10 quickly
pocket a good amount of pips 10 offset some of the loss. With some qui ck
range-trading we have PUI on 7 trades averaging 30 pips each which wipes
out our realized loss and brings our unrealized loss to a much more man-
ageable 120 pips. Depending on our outlook. we can then choose to either
cu t the whole position (in accordance to our original 150 pip stop) or con-
tinue to trade thi s way until a good amount of pips have been pocketed 10
offset the loss.
The key here is to never add to your total expos ure, but 10 manage it instead. By
pocketing all of those sma ll amounts. you arc cffectively bringing lip you r average
cos l and making it easier for you 10 get out with a reasonable loss. Gelling out
with a s mall loss when originally faced with a pos ition deep in the red o fte n feels
better than taking a profit, since you know that you fought in a market that was
How 10 Trade Oul of a losing Posilion 175
against you; and survived. Further satisfaction comes from the fact that you know
retail traders are geuing wiped out as the pair moves higher!
Remember these simple steps to trading out of a bad position
• Un load part of your position on a dip

• Wait for a consolidation to take place and a range to form
• Trade the range with multiple quick ins-a nd -outs
• Minimize your loss and get out. Don' t try to turn a losing trade into a
winner!
WHEN TO CUT AND RUN
Alt hough you may be able to trade yo urself out of most positions, there are limes
when you should lake a loss and simply get out. If a sharp move happens for so me
unexpected reaso n (9/1 1, poliLical event , etc.) then it's best 10 get flat as soon as
possible. No one has time to evaluate the ramifi cations of such an event, so it is
better to get out and re-evaluate later.
FRENCH VOTE "NO" ON E.U. CONSTITUTION

(EURO NEGATIVE)
:------t:
I
-,I
Chart A. 12 Polilical decisions Can have long- lasting effects on a currency and shou ld not
be faded.
176 8eat the Fore); Dealer
In general, if a trade feels off at some point, (hen you should think about getting
o ut. h will probably save you much heartache in the long-run. The "gut" simply
represents your subconscious mind. which is co nstantly processing and storing
infonnation that you may nol be aware of. The longer you trade, the more reliable
your gut reaction wi ll be, since it will have accumulated a vast knowledge base of
charts and patterns over all those years. You 've probably seen similar set-ups before
bu t can nOl remember them, and your gut feeling is you r subconsc ious flashing
warn ing signs. This information should not be taken lightl y and good traders learn
to trust their inst incts.
NOTES
Speaking Like a Dealer
To new participants in the FX market, some of the terminology and parl ance may
at first be a bit confusing because of the nature of the market. By defin ition every
spot transaction is made up of two transactions. making all moves relati ve to
one another. One mu st be especially careful whe n talking about the "strength" or
"weakness" of a currency, since it may be easi ly misconstrued by others.
For examp le, YOli are going long USDJPY bu t are unsure so you decide to phone
up a dea ler friend to ask for his opin ion. He may tell you that in his opini on
' the yen is go ing 10 rise". Is he ta lking abou t USDJPY going up or the Yen
increasing in value (USDJ PY declin ing)? For thi s reason profess iona ls have long
given nicknames to the major currency pairs in order (Q clear up what they are
di scussing:
Euro (EURUSD); Cable (GBPUSD): I Loonie (USDCAD); Swissy (USDC HF)
Dollar- Ye n (USDJ PY)
If you ask someone their opi ni on on {he Loon ie, it is the USDCAD rate you are
asking about, not the Canadia n do ll ar itse lf. Things get even more comp li cated for
FX operators when d isc uss ing bid and offered prices, since they only make sense
when you know who is do ing {he bidding and the offerin g (a dea le r's bid and offer
are the opposite of a cl ient's). However, thankfully this does not affect the average
trader.
To comm unicate effecti vely w ith other FX profess ionals, a new trader should
make sure that he is we ll -versed in all of these te rms, or ris k costl y mi sunderstand-
ings. Also interesti ng is the way FX professionals interact over the phone when
dealing. Trad itiona lly, a trader may say "mine" when buyi ng and ;'you rs" w hen
sell ing. A co nversation in a fast-mov ing market may go so mething li ke th is:
Trader: Hi Frank, Whlll'S your price Oil 10 (million) Ellro (EURUSD)?

Dealer: 55156
IThe sterling/dollar nickname comes from the trans-Atlanlic cable that was used for a long lime to
transmit prices, and the USDCAD nickname actually comes from the Canadian Loon (a bird) pictured
on the side of the one-dollar Canadian coin.
Trader: Mine!
Dealer: Done 10 at 56
Trader: How do you stand?
Dealer: 56/58
Trade: Mille!
Dealer: Done 10 al 58
Trader: How do you stand?
Dealer: 60/65
Trader: Yours! Etc.
FX Glossary
Appreciation Describes a currency strengthening in response to market demand

rather than by offi cial action.
Ask Price Ask is the lowest price acce ptable to the buyer.
Back Office Settlement and related processes.
Bank Rate The rate al which a central bank IS prepared to lend money to its
domestic banking system.
Base Currency The currency in whic h the operating results of the bank or insti-
tution are reponed.
Base Rate A term used In the UK for the rate used by banks to ca lculate the
interest rate to borrowers. Top quality borrowers wi ll pay a slll ail amount over
base.
Basis Point One per cen L of one per cent.
Bear A person who bel ieves that prices wi ll decl ine.
Bid Price Bid is the hi ghest price that the seller is offering for the partic ul ar
currency at a particular moment; the difference between the ask and the bid
price is the spread. Together, Ihe two prices consti tute a quotation. The bid-ask
spread is stated as a percentage cost of transacli ng in the foreign.
Big Figure Refers normall y to the first three di gi ts of an exchange rate that dealers
treat as understood in quoting. For example, a quote of "30/40" on dollar mark
could indicate a price of 1.2530/40.
BIS Bank of International Seulement.
Bretton Woods The si te of the conference that in 1944 led to the establishment of
the post~war foreign exchange system that remained intact until the early I970s.
The conference resulted in the formation of the IM F. The system fixed currencies
in a fi xed exchan ge rate system with I % fluctuat ions of the currency to gold or
the dollar.
Broker An age nt who exec ut es orders to buy tl nd sell currencies and related instru-
ments either for a co mm ission or on a spread. Brokers are agent s worki ng on
co mmiss ion and not principal s or agents acting on their own account. In the
foreign exchange mark et brokers tend to aci as intermed iari es between banks
bring ing buyers and sell ers together for a commi ss ion paid by the initiator or
by both parties. There are four or five major global brokers operating through
subs idi aries. affi li ates, and partners in many cou ntri es.
Bull A person who believes that prices will ri sco
Bull Market A market charac teri zed by rising prices.
Cable A term used in the foreign exchange market for the US dollar/British pound
ralc.
Central Bank A central bank provides financial and banking services for a coun -
try's government and co mmercial banks. It implements the government 's mone-
t.ary policy as well, by chang ing interest rates. The Reserve Bank of India is the
cent ral bank of India, which performs the ro le of mainta in ing orderly condi tions
in the forex market by intervention through various inslruments like cash reserve
ratio, bank rate, open market operations, and moralizarion.
Confirmation A memorandum to the ot her party describing all the relevant details
of the transaction.
Contract An agreement to buy or sell a specified amoum of a particul ar currency
or optio n for a spec ifi ed month in the fut ure,
Correspondent Bank A foreig n bank' s representative who regularly performs ser-
vices for the bank, which has no branch in the relevant centre, e.g. to fac ilitate
the tran sfer of funds. In the US thi s often occu rs domesti cally due to inlerstate
banking rest rictions.
Counterparty The custo mer or bank with whi ch a fore ign exchange dea l is exe-
cuted.
Cross Rate An exc hange rate between two cu rrencies, usuall y constructed from
the indi vid ual exchange rates of the two currencies, as Illost currencies are quoted
against the do llar.
Currency The Iype of money thal a country uses. It can be traded for ot her cur-
rencies on the foreign exchange market. so each currency has a value relati ve to
another.
Currency Basket Various weightings of other cu rrenc ies grouped together in rela-
tion to a basket currency (e.g. ECU or SDR). Sometimes used by currencies to
fix. the ir rate, often on a trade-weighted basket.
Deal Date The date on which a transaclion is ag reed upon.
FX Glossary 183
Deal T icket The primary method of recording the basic information relating to a
transaction .
Dealer An individual or firm acting as a principal , rather than as an agent , in the
purchase and/or sa le of securities. Dealers trade for their own account and risk.
This is in cont rast to brokers who trade onl y on behalf of their clients.
Deficit Shortfall in the balance of trade. balance of payments. or government bud-
gets.
Delivery The sett lement of a transact ion by receipt or tender of a financial instru -
ment or currency.
Delivery Date The date of maturity of a contract, when the final settlement of a
transaction is made by exchanging the currencies. This date is more commonl y
known as the va lue date.
Details All the information required to fina lize a foreign exchange transaction, i.e.
name, ratc, dales. and point of delivery.
Discount Less than the spot price exa mple: fo rward di scoullt.
EFT Electronic Fund Transfer.
EMS European Moneta ry System.
Eu ropean Union The group formerl y known as the European Commu nity.
Exchange Rate Risk The potential loss that could be incurred from an adverse
movement in exc hange ral es.
Exotic A less broadly lraded currency.
Ex piry Date The last day on whi ch the ho lder of an option can exercise his right
to buy or sell the underlying security.
Fed The Un ited States Federal Reserve. Federal Deposi t Insurance Corporatio n
Members hip is compul sory for Federal Reserve members. The corporati on had
deep invol vement in the Savings and Loans crisis of the late 1980s.
Fixed Exchange Rate Official rate set by monetary authorities fo r one or more
currencies. In practice, even fixed exc hange rates are allowed to fluctuate between
defin ite upper and lower bands, leading to interventi on by the central bank.
Flat/Square Where a clien t has not traded in that cu rrency or where an earli er
deal is reversed, thereby creating a neutral (flat) positio n.
FOMC Federal Open Market Committee, the committee that sets money supply
targets in the US, whi ch tend to be implemented through Fed Fund interest rates,
etc.
Foreign Exchange The purchase or sale of a currency against the sale or purchase
of another.
Forex An abbreviati on of foreign exchange.
Forward Contract Sometimes used as sy nonym for "forward deal" or "future",

More specificall y, for arrangements with the sa me effect as a forward deal
between a bank and a customer.
Forward Points The interest rate differential between two cu rrencies expressed
in exchange rate points. The forward points are added to or subtracted from the
spot rale to give the forward or outright rale (depending on whether the currency
is at a forward premium or discount).
Forward Rate The rale at which a forei gn exc hange contract is struck today for
settlement at a specified future date that is decided at the time of entering into the
contract. The deci sion to subtract or add points is determined by the differe ntial
between thc deposit rates for both currencies concerned in the transact ion. The
base currency with the hi gher interest rate is said to be at a discoulH to the lower
interest rate quoted currency in the forward market. Therefore the forward points
arc subtraclcd from the SpOI rate. Si mil arl y, the lower interest rate base currency
is said to be at a premiulll, and the forward points are added 10 the spot rale to
obtain the forward rate.
Front Office The activities carried out by the dealer, norm al Ifading activities.
Fundamental Analysis Ana lys is based on econo mi c and polilical factors.
FX Foreign exchange.
GTC (HGood Till Cancelled") An order left with a dealer to buy Of se ll at a fixed
price. The order remains in place until it is ca ncelled by the cl ient.
Indicative Quote A market-maker's price that is not firm .
Inflation Contin ued ri se in the general price level in co njunction with a related
drop in purchasing power. Sometimes referred to as an excessive movement in
such price levels.
Info Quote Rate given for information purposes o nl y.
Interbank Rates The forei gn exc hange rates large internalional banks quote to
other large international banks. Norma ll y the public and other businesses do not
have access to these rates.
Interest Rate Risk The potential for losses arising from c hanges in interest rates.
Intervention Action by a central bank to e ffect the valu e of its currency by entering
the market. In In dia the intervention by the Rese rve Bank of Ind ia is confined
to the events of extreme vo latil ity.
FX Glossary 185
Kiwi Dealer slang for the New Zealand dollar.

Leading Indicators Statistics that are considered to precede changes in economic
growth rates and total business activity, e.g. factory orders.
Liability In terms of foreig n exchange, the ob li gation to de liver to a counterparty
an amou nt of currency e ither in respect of a balance sheet ho lding at a specified
future date or in respect of an unmatu red forward or spot transaction.
LlBOR (London Inter Bank Ofl'e r Rate) British Bankers' Association average
of interbank offered rates for dollar deposits in the London market based on
quotations at 16 major banks. Effec ti ve rate for contracts entered into two days
from the date appearin g.
Limit Order An order to perform a deal at a superior rate to the current market
level. Can be removed on completion (fi lled) or cancelled at any time (pu lled).
Margin The required initial deposit of collateral to enter into a position or foreign
exchange trade. This is held as a deposit on any running contract.
Margin Call A demand for add itional funds to cover positions.
Market Value Market val ue of a foreign exchange position at any time is the
amount of the domestic curre ncy that could be purc hased at the then market rate
in exc hange fo r the amou nt of foreign currency to be delivered under the foreign
exchange contract.
Maturity Dale for settlement of the transacti on, whi ch is decided at the time of
entering into the contract.
OfTer The rate at which a dealer is willing to sell the base currency.
One Ca ncels Other Order The executi on of one order auto mati call y ca ncels a
previous order; also refen'ed to as oeo or "one cancels the other".
Open Position Any deal that has not been settled by physical payment or reversed
by an equal and opposite deal for the sa me value date. It can be termed as a
high-risk, high- return proposition.
Outright Forward Foreign exc h<lIlge transaction involv ing either the purchase or
the sale of a currency for settlement at a future date.
Over The Counter (OTC) A market conducted directly between dealers and prin-
cipals via a telephone and computer network rather than a regu lated excha nge
trad ing fl oor. These mark ets have not been very popular because of the ri sks
both the parties face in case the other party fails to honor the contract. They
were never part of the stock exchange si nce they were seen as "unoffi cial".
Pip Also see "point". The term used in the currency market to represent the
smallest incremental move an excha nge rate can make. Depending on co ntext,
normally one basis point (0.0001 in the case of EURIUSD, GBDIUSD, USDICHF
and 0.0 I in the case of USDIJPY).
Point (I) IOOth part of a percent, normally 10 000 of any spot rate. Movement
of exchange rates are usually in terms of points. (2) One percent on an interest
rate, e.g. from 8 to 9 %. (3) Minimum fluclUation or sma ll est increment of price
movement.
Position The netted total exposure in a given currency. A pos ition can be either
flat or square (no exposure), long (more currency bought than sold), or short
(more cu rrency sold than bought).
Range The difference between the highest and lowest price of a future recorded
during a given trading session.
Rate The price of one curre ncy in terms of another.
Reserve Currency A currency held by a central bank on a permanent basis as a
store of international liquidity; these are normally the dollar . CUrD, and sterling.
Resistance A price level at wh ich the selli ng is expected to take place.
Revaluation Increase in the exchange rate of a currency as a result of official
action.
Rollover Where the settlement of a deal is carried forward to another value dale
based on the interest rate differential of the two currencies. Example: next day.
Selling Rate Rate at wh ich a bank is willing to se ll foreign currency.
Settlement Actual physical exchange of one currency for another.
Settlement Date It mean s the business day specified for delivery of the currencies
bought and sold under a foreign exchange contract.
Short A market position where the client has sold a currency they do 110t already
own. Usually expressed in base currency term s.
Slippage The difference between the price a trader expects to be filled at and the
price they are actually filled at.
Spot (1) The most common foreign exchange tran saction. (2) Spot refers to the
buying and sellin g of the currency where the settlemen t dale is two business
days forward.
Spot Price/Rate The price at which the currency is currently trading in the spot
market.
Spread The difference between the bid and ask price of a currency.
Stable Market An active market that can absorb large sales or purchases of cur-
rency without having any major impact on the interest rates.
FX Glossary 187
Sterling British pound .

Stop Loss Order Order give n to ensure that should your trade lose a certain
percentage, the pos ition will be covered even thou gh thi s involves rakin g a loss.
Profit orders arc less common.
Support Levels A price level at which the buying is expected to take place.
Swap The simultaneous purchase and sale of the same amount of a given cu rrency
for two different dates, against the sale and purchase of another. A swap ca n be a
swap against a forward . In essence, swa pping is so mewhal similar to borrowing
one currency and lending another for the same period. However, any rate of
return or cost of funds is expressed in the price differential between the two
sides of the transaction.
SWLFT Society for Worldwide Inter-bank Financial Teleco mmuni cation is a clear-
ing sys tem for internatio nal tradin g.
Swissy Market slang for Swiss franc rate.
Technical Analysis The study of the price that reflects the supply and demand
factors of a currency. Common methods are flags. trend lines, spikes, bottoms.
lOpS, pennants, patterns, and gaps.
Technical Correction An adjustment to price not based on market sentiment but
techn ical factors such as vo lume and charting.
Tick A minimum change in price, up or down.
Trade Date The dat e on which a trade occ urs.

Transaction Date The date on which a trade occurs.
Value Date Settlement date of a spot or forward contract. Also known as malurity
date.
Value Spot Normally settlement for two work ing day s from the date the contract
is entered into.
Value Today Transaction Transaction executed for same day settlement; some-
times al so refe rred to as "cash tran saction" .
Volatility A measu re of the amount by which an asset price is expected to fluctuate
over a givell period. Normally measured by the allnllal standard deviation of
dail y price changes (hi stori c). Can al so be implied from futures pricing, which
is referred 10 as implied vo lati lity.
Whipsaw Dealer slan g for a condition of a hi ghly volatile ma rket where a sharp
price movement is qui ckly foll owed by a sharp reversal.
Working day A day o n which the banks in .a cu rrency's principal financial centre
are open for business. For fore ign exchange transactions, a worki ng day only
occu rs if the bank in both money centers are open for business.
Yard Dea ler slang for a billion dollars.
Trading Maxims
12-01 - 1900, NEW YORK TIMES, p. 8: If the Wall Street proverb, to the effec t that
"nothing is so timid as a million dollars, except two millions," is tru e, the timidity
of fifty or seventy-five millions may be assumed to represent abject terror of any
innovations involving expense and presenting unknown difficulties. The bigger you
become, the harder it is to trade.
12-27-1913, NEW YORK TIMES, p. 8: The subject being stri ctly sordid and
mundane, it may be permissible to quote the Wall Street maxim that "everything
is in the price", Everything is priced-in by the market.
03-14-1931, NEW YORK TIMES , p. 43: "Good times, good fellowship - hard
limes, hard faces" is a proverb brought to the Wall Street mind recurrently these
days . .. A trader's life . .. .
07-18-1959, NEW YORK TIMES, pg. 19: Lorillard introduced its long- heralded
menthol filter cigaretle and fell 1 3/8 on the Wall Street maxim to "sell on the
news". News are anticipated and usually already priced-in by professionals, thus
there is no reason to take tlte price higher.
11 -08- 1969, NEW YORK TIMES, p. 47: The pyrotechnics in telephone and in the
glamour-laden computer issues came from heavy buying by mutual funds, other
institu ti ons and market traders following that old adage, "Don't fight the tape".
Trade the price actio". If the price is going up then demand must outstrip supply,
irrespective of any outside news or backdrop. Always trade in the prevailing
directioll .
03-05-1985, NEW YORK TIMES, p. C5: As they say in the corporate corridors,
nobody ever got fired for buying IBM. Money managers protect their jobs above
all else, even at the expense of performance .
6-17-1998, NIGHTLY BUSINESS REPORT: There's an old Wall Street saymg

that cash is tras h. The search for yield is constant.
190 Beal th e Forex Dealer
8-2- 1998. FORBES MAGAZINE, p. 265: What's been going on with Amazon
stock is best exp lained by an old Wall Street maxim: "A stock and a company are
not a lways the same thing", Wh ell emotiolls ellier th e markets, irratiollal thillgs
happell _
8-6- 1998, CHRI STI AN SCIENCE MON ITOR, p. I: There is an old Wa ll Street
saying Ih al the stoc k market has anticipated eight of the last three recessions.
A nalysts are wrong more than th ey are right .
8- 12- 1998. WALL STREET JOURNAL EUROPE. p. UK7B: Mr Manley reca lls
an old Wall Street saying: ·' If you are goi ng 10 pan ic, panic early". Whe" ill do ubt,
geloutf
9-2 1- 1998, BUS INESS WEE K, p. 11 4: Grant, the newsletter editor, likes to quote
a play-i i-safe Wall Street max im : "Never meet a margin ca ll", Neller lei a losing
posiliol! rUI! away from you. CUI your losses shorl .
10- 12- 1998, RI CHM OND T IMES-D ISPATCH: Guy Chance, di rector of marketing
strategy at Scott & Stringfell ow Inc., recalled an old Wall Street maxim during
a rece nt sell ing spree: "This is when money returns to its rightful owners", Tire
uSmarl mOlley" always ends lip Oil lOp ,
4- ) 1- )999, SOUTH CHlNA MO RNING POST, p. 3: It proves an old Wa ll Street

saying - when you rob a whorehouse, take the piano player too, because no one
is entirely innocent. MOlley allraels sharks,
10-4- 1999, SEATTL E POST_ INT ELLI GENCER, p. C3: As the Wa ll Street proverb
says: " You ca n' t eat relati ve performa nce". You call 'I be satisfi ed with bealing your
peers, you have to learll 10 make mOlley in down times.
3-29-2000, YOMI URI SHI MBUN/DA ILY YOM IUR I: There IS a Wa ll Street
max im that says a bullish market is born amid pessimism, grows up under
skepticism, matu res with opti mi sm, and d ies with euphoria. Most of th e people
are wrong most of the lime.
Bibliography
Con inx, Raymond G.F .• Foreign Exchange Deafer's Handbook, Third Edition,
Woodhead-Faulkner Ltd, 1995.
Dewachter, H., Can Markov switching models replicate chartists profits in the
forei gn exchange markel. journal of Asset Management, March, 2005.
Galati, Melvin, Why has FX trading surged? Explaining the 2004 triannual survey,
815,2005.
Giddy, I.H ., and Dufey, G., Th e Management of Foreign Exchange Risk, NYU
Stem, 1992.
Lefevre, Edwin, Reminiscences of a Stock Operaror, John Wil ey & Sons, Ltd ,
Reprint, 2004.
Luca, Cornelius. Trading in the Global Currency Markets, Prentice- Hall, 1995.
Lukeman, Josh, The Markel Ma ker's Edge, M cGraw-Hili , 2000.
Marlowe , J ., " Hedging Currency Ri sk wi th Options and Futures", Thesis, 1999.
Murphy, Joh n, Technical Allalysis of the Futures Markets, Prentice-Hall Press,
1986.
Sherdcn, William A., The Fortune Seller: The Big Business of Buying and Selling
Predictiolls, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 1998.
Xin, H., Currency Overlay: A Practical Guide, Ri sk Books, 2003.
•
CFTC Minimum Finance
Requirement
Title 17: Commodity and Securities Exchanges

MinimulIJ Financial alld Related Reporting Requirements
(.. elected parts)
§ 1.17 Minimum financial requirements for futures co mmi ssio n merchant s and
introducing brokers.
(a)( I)(i) Except as provided In paragraph (a)(2)(i) of thi s section, each person
registered as a futures commi ss ion merchant must maintain adjusted net capital
equal to or in excess of the greatest of:
(A) $250,000;
(8) The fUlures commission merchant 's risk-based capital requirement co mputed
as follows:
(I) Eight percent or the total risk margin requireme nt (as defined in § 1.1 7(b)(8))
ror positions carried by the futures commi ssion merchanl in customer accounts (as
defined in § 1.1 7(b)(7», plus
(2) Four percent of the total ri sk margi n requirement (as de fined in § 1.17(b)(8))
for pos itions carried by the futures commi ss ion merchant in noncustomcr accounts
(as defined in § 1. I 7(b)(4)).
(C) The amount of adju sted net capital requ ired by a registered futures association
of which it is a member; or
(D) For securities brokers and dealers, the amount of net capital required by Rule
15c3- 1(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission ( 17 CFR 240. 15c3 - 1(a».
Oi) Eac h person registered as a futures commi ssion merchant engaged in so li ciling
or acceptin g orders and customer funds related thereto for lhe purchase or sale of
any commodity for future delivery or any commodity option on or subject to the
194 Beat the Forcx Oealer
rules of a registered derivati ves transactio n execution facility frolll any customer
who does not q ualify as an " institutional customer" as defined in § 1.3(g) must:
(A) Be a clearing member of a derivatives clearing organization and maintain
net capital in the amount of the greater of $20,000.000 or the amounts otherwise
specified in paragraph (a)( 1)(i) of thi s section ; or
(8) Receive orders 011 behalf of the customer from a commodity trading advisor
acting in accordance with §4.32 of thi s chapter.
(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this sec tion , each person registered
as an introd ucing broker must maintain adjusted net capital equal to or in excess
of the greatest of:
(A) $30,000;
(8) The i.lmount of adjusted net capital required by a registered futures association
of which it is ~l member: or
(C) For sec urities brokers and dealers, the amount of net capital required by Rule
15c3 - 1(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.15c3-1(,,)).
(2)(i) The requirements of paragraph (a)( I) of thi s sec lion sha ll nol be applica-
ble if the registrant is a member of a designated se lf-regu latory organization and
conforms to min imulll fina ncia l sta nd ards and related repol1ing requ irements set
by such des ignated self-regulatory organ ization in it s bylaws. ru les, regulations or
resolutions approved by the COlllmission pursuant to section 4f(b) of th e Act and
§ 1.52.
Oi) The minimum requirements of paragraph (a)( I )(i ii ) of this section ~ hilll nOt be
appl icable 1O a n introducing broker which elec ts to meet the alternative adjusted net
cap ital requiremem for introd ucing brokers by operation pursuant to a guarantee
agreement wh ich meets the requirements set forth in § 1.1 Ou). Such an introducing
broker shall be deemed to meet the adjusted net capital requirement under this
section so long as suc h agreement is binding and in full force and effect, and.
if the int rod uci ng broker is also a securities broker or dea ler. it maintains the
amount of net capi tal requ ired by Rule 15c3 - I (a) of the Securities and Exchange
Comm iss ion (17 CFR 240. 15c3-I(a)).
(3) No person applying for registration as a futures commission merchant or as an
in troducing broker shall be so registered unless sllch pe rson affirmatively demon-
strates to the sat isfact ion of the National Futures Association that it complies with
the financial requirements of thi s section. Each registralll must be in comp li ance
with thi s section at all times and must be able to demonstrate such co mpliance to
the sat isfaction of the Commission or the designated self- reg ulatory organization.
(4) A fu tures commission merchant who is not in compl iance with this section,
or is unab le to demonstrate suc h compliance as required by paragraph (3)(3) of
this section. must transfer all customer accounts and immediately Ccase doing
busi ness as a futures commiss ion merchant until :-ouch time as the firm is able
to demonstrate such compliance: Provided, however, The regi stran t may trade for
li quidation purposes onl y unl ess otherwise directed by the Commiss ion andlor
the des ignated se lf-regulatory organi zation: And, Provided further, That if such
regist rant immediatcly dcmonstrates to the sati sfaction of the Commission or th e
des ignated se lf-regu latory orga ni zation th e abi lity to ac hi eve compliance, the Com-
mission or the des ignated se lf-regu latory organi zation may in its di sc retion allow
such registrant up to a maximum of 10 business days in whi ch to achieve com-
pliance without hav ing to transfer accounts and cease doing busi ness as required
above. Nothing in thi s parag raph (a)(4) shall be construed as preve nting the Com-
mi ss ion or the des ignated se lr-regulatory organizati on rrom taking action again st a
regist rant for non -compliance wi th any of the provi sions of thi s section .
(5) An introduc ing broker who is not in com pli ance with thi s sec lion, or is un able
to demon strate such complian ce as req uired by paragraph (3)(3) or thi s section,
mu st immedia te ly cease doing bus iness as an introducin g bro ker until such time as
the registrant is able to demon strate suc h co mpliance: Provided, however. That if
such reg istrant immed iately demonstrates to the sati sfaction of the Commiss ion or
the designated self-regulatory o rgani zatio n the ability to achieve compliance, the
Com mi ss ion or the des ig nated self-regulatory organi zation may in its di scretion
all ow such reg istrant lip to a maximum o f 10 business days in which to ach ieve
compliance without ha ving to cease doing business as req uired above. If the intro-
duci ng broker is req uired to cease doing bus iness in accordance with thi s parag raph
(a)(5). the introducin g broker must immediately notify eac h or it s customers and
the futures co mmi ss ion merchants carrying the account of each customer that it has
ceased doi ng business. Nothing in thi s paragra ph (a)(5) shall be construed as pre-
venting the Co mmi s~ ion or the des ignated self-regulatory organi zat ion from taking
ac tion aga inst a regi strant for non -co mpli ance wit h any o f the provis ions of thi s
secti on.
(b) For the purposes of thi s secti on:
(I) Where the app li ca nt or reg istrant has an asset o r liability which is defined in
Securities Exc hange Act Rule 15c3-l (§240.15c3- 1 of thi s title) the inclusion or
excl usion of all or part of sllch asset o r liabi lity for the co mputation of adju sted
net capital shall be in accordance with §240.15c3- 1 of thi s title, unl ess speci fi ca ll y
stated otherwise in thi s section.
(2) C ustomer mea ns customer (as defined in § 1.3(k)). option customer (as defi ned
in § 1.3Uj) of thi s part and in §32. 1(c) of thi s cha pter) and includes a foreign futures
and fore ign options cllstomer (as defi ned in §30. 1(c) of thi s cha pter).
(3) Proprietary accoun t means a commod ity futures or o ptions account carried 011
the books of the appl icant or reg istrant for the a pplicant or reg istrant itse lf, or for
general partners in the app li ca nt or regi strant.
(4) NoncuslO mcr account means a co mmodit y fUlures or option account carri ed on
the books of the applicant or registrant whic h is eit her:
196 Beat Ihe Forex Dealer
(i) An account that is not included in the definition of customer (as defined In
§ 1.17(b)(2)) or proprietary account (as defined in § 1.17(b)(3)). or
(ii ) An accou nt for a foreign-domiciled person trading futures or options on a
fo re ign board of trade, and such account is a proprietary account as defined in
§ 1.3(y) of thi s title, but is not a proprietary account as defined in § 1.17(b)(3).
(5) Clearing organizat ion means clearing organization (as defined in § 1.3(d» and
includes a clearing organi zalio n of any board of trade.
(6) Business day means any day other than a Sunday, Saturday, or holiday.
(7) Cus tomer account means a co mmod ity futures or option account carried on the
books of the applicant or registra nt wh ich is either:
(i) An account that is included in the definition of c ustomer (as defined in
§ 1.17(b)(2)), or
(ii) An account for a foreign-domiciled person trading on a foreign board of trade,
where such account for the foreig n-domi ci led perso n is not a proprietary accou nt
(as defined in § 1.1 7(b)(3)) or a non custo mer account (as defined in § 1.17(b)(4)(ii)).
(8) Ri sk margin for an account means the level of maintenance margin or perfor-
mance bond that the futures commiss ion merchant is required to co ll ect under the
rules of an exc hange, or the rules of a clea ring orga nizati on if the level of margin
to be co ll ec ted is not determined by the rul es of an exchange, fro m the owner of
a customer account or noncustomer account, subject to the follow ing:
(i) Risk margin docs nOI include the eq uity component of short or long option
positions maintain ed in un account;
(i i) The maintenance margin or performance bond requirement associated wi th
a long option position may be excluded from risk margin to the ex tent that the
va lue of such long option position does not reduce the total risk maintenance or
performance bond requireme nt of the accou nt that ho lds the long opt ion position;
(iii) The ri s k margin for an account carried by a futures commission merchant which
is not a member of the exchan ge or the clearing organization that requires collection
of such marg in should be calculated as if the futures commission merchant were
slich a member; and
(iv) If a futures commission merchant does not possess s uffi cient information to
determine what ponion of an account's total margin requirement represents risk
margin, all of the marg in required by the exchange or the clearing organization
that requires collectio n of such margin ror that account, shall be treated as risk
marg in.
(c) Definitions: For the purposes of this section:
( I) Net cap ital means the amount by which current assets exceed liabilities. In
determining "net capital":
(i) Unreali zed profits shall be added and unrealized losses shall be deduc ted in the
accounts of the applicant or registrant , including unreali zed profits a nd losses on
fi xed price commitments and rorward contract",;
(i i) All long and all short positions in commodi ty options which are traded on a
contract market and li s ted security option s shall be marked to their market value
and all long and all short sec uriti es and com modities positions shall be ma rked to
their market va lue;
(ii i) The val ue atlribuled to an y com mod it y opti on w hi ch is not traded on a contract
market sha ll be the d iffe rence between the option's strike price and the market value
for the physical or futures contrac t whic h is the subject of the option. In the case
of a ca ll cO lllmodit y opti on which is not traded on a contract ma rke t. if the market
value for the ph ys ica l o r rutures co ntract whic h is the su bj ect of the opti on is less
than the strike price of the option, it sha ll be given no value. In the case of a put
commod ity optio n which is 110t traded on a contrac t markct , if the markct va lue
for the physical or futures co ntract wh ich is the subject of the option is more than
the strike price o r the option . it sha ll be g ive n no va lue; and
(iv) The value attributed to an y unlisted security option shall be the difference
between the opti on's exercise va lue or strikin g va lue and the ma rket val ue o f the
underlying secu rity. In the case of a n unlisted call , if the market value of the
underlying secu rity is less than the exercise va lue or st riking value of suc h call,
it shall be given no va lue; a nd , in the case of an unli sted put, if the marke t va lue
of the underlying secu rity is more than the exercise value or striking va lue of the
unli sted put, it shall be given no value.
(2) The term c urrent assets means cash and other assets or resources common ly
ide ntifi ed as those which are reasonab ly ex pected to be realized in cash or sold
during the nex t 12 month s. "Current assets" shall:
(i) Excl ude :lI1y unsecured co mmodity futures or option account co ntainin g a ledger
balance and open trades. the combination or which liquidates to a defi cit or contain-
ing a debi t ledger ba lance onl y: Provided. however, Deficits o r de bit ledger bala nces
in unsec ured c ustomers', non-custome rs', and proprietary accounts, w hich are the
subject of ca ll s for margin or other req uired deposits may be included in c urre nt
assets until the close of bu siness on the bu siness day followin g the date on which
such deficit or debit ledger balance originated pro viding that the account had timely
sati sfied, through the deposit of new fund s, the previous day's de bit or deficits, if
any, in its e ntirety.
(ii ) Exclude all un secured receivables, advances and loans except for:
(A) Receivables resu lting from the marketing of in ventories common ly associated
with the business activities of the applicant or registrant and advances o n fixed pri ce
purchases co mmitme nts: Provided. Such receivables or ad vances are outsta nding
no longer th an 3 cale nd ar months from the date that they are accrued:
(B) I.nlcrest receivable. fl oor brokerage receivable, commissions receivable from

other brokers or dealers (other than syndicate profits), mutual fund concessions
receivable and management fees receivable from registered investment companies
and commodit y pools: Provided, Such rece i vable~ arc outstanding no longer than
thirty (30) days from the date they arc due; and dividends receivable outstanding
no longer than thirt y (30) days from the payable date;
(e) Receivables from clearing organizations and securiti es clea ring organizations:
(D) Receivables from registered futures com mi ssion merchants or brokers. resulting
from commod ity futures or option transactions, except those specificall y excluded
under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section;
(E) I nsurance claims which arise from a reportable segment of the applicant's or
registrant's overall business activ iti es, as defined in generall y acceptcd accounting
principles, oth er than in the commodity futures. co mmodity option, security and
security option segments of the applicant's or reg istrant' s business activities which
are not outstanding more than 3 calendar mont hs afte r the date they are recorded
as a receivable;
(F) All other insurance claims not subject to paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(E) or thi s section,
which are not older than seven (7) business days from the dale the loss g iving
ri se to the claim is discovered: insurance claims which are not older lhan twenty
(20) business days from the date the loss g iving ri se to the claim is discovered and
which are covered by an option of outside cou nse l that the claim is valid <lnd is
covered by insurance policies presently in effect; insurance claims wh ich are o lder
than twent y (20) business days from rhe date th e loss g iving ri sc 10 the claim is
di scovered and which arc covered by an opin ion of outside counsel that the claim is
va lid and is cove red by insurance policies presently in efrect and wh ich have been
ac kn ow ledged in writing by the insurance carrie r as due and payable: Provided,
Such clai ms are not outstanding longer than twenty (20) business days frol11 the
date they are so acknowledged by the carrier;
(i ii ) Exclude all prepaid expenses and deferred cha rges;
(iv) Exclude all in ventories except for:
(A) Readil y marketable spot com moditi es: or spot com mod iLies which "adequately
collateralize" indebtedness under paragraph (c)(7) of thi s secti on;
(8) Securities wh ich are co ns idcred ;;read il y marketable" (as defined in
§240. 15c3 - 1(c)( II) of this title) or which "adeq uately collateralize" indebtedness
under paragraph (c)(7) of this section:
(e) Work in process and finished goods which result from the processing or com·
modi ties at market value;
(D) Raw materials at market va lue which wi ll be comb ined with spot commodities
10 produce a finished processed co mmod it y: and
CFTC Min imum Finan ce Requirement 199
(E) Inventories held for resale commonly associated with the business activities of
the applicant or registrant:
(v) Include fixed assets and assets which otherwise would be considered noncurren t
to the extent of any long-term debt adequate ly coll ateral ized by assets acquired for
use in the ordinary course of the trade or business of an applicant or registrant
and any other long-term debt adequately collateralized by assets of the applica nt
or regi strant if the sole recourse of the creditor for nonpay ment of such liab ility
is to such asset: Provided, Such liab ilities me not excl uded from liab ilities in the
computation of net capital under p<lragraph (c)(4)(vi) of thi s secti on;
(vi) Exclude all assets doubtfu l of collection or real ization less any reserves estab-
lished therefore:
(v ii) Include, in the case of fut ure income tax benefits ari si ng as a result of unre-
ali.led losses. the amou nt of such benefits not exceeding the amount of inco me
tax liabilities accrued on the books and records of the appl icant or reg ist rant , but
only to the extent such benefits coul d have been app lied to reduce accrued tax
liabilities on the date of the capital computatio n, had the related unrea lized losses
been rea lized on that date;
(viii) Include guarantee deposits with clearing organizati ons and stock in cleari ng
organizations to the exten t of its marg in value:
(ix) In the case of an introducing broker or an applicant ror regist ration as an
introducing broker, include 50 percent of the value of a guarantee or secu rity depos it
with a futures comm ission merchan t which carries or intends to carry accou nts for
the customers of !.he introd ucing broker; and
(x) Exclude exchange memberships.
(3) A loan or advance or any other form of receivable shall not be considered
"secured" for the purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section un less the fo ll ow ing
conditions ex ist:
(i) The receivab le is sec ured by readi ly marketable collateral which is otherwise
unencumbered and which can be readi ly converted in to cas h: Prov ided, however,
That the receivable will be considered sec ured onl y to the extent of the market
va lue of such collateral after appl ication of the percentage ded uctions specified in
paragraph (c)(5) of this section; and
(i i)(A) The readily ma rketable collateral is in the possession or control of the
applicant or reg istrant; or
(B) The applica nt or registran t has a legally enforceable. written secu rity agree-
ment. signed by the debtor. and has a perfec ted security interest in the readily
marketab le collateral within the meaning of the laws of the State in whi ch the
readi ly marketable collateral is located.
(4) The term liabilities means the total money liabilities of an applicant or reg-
istrant arising in connection with any transactio n whatsoever. including economic
obligations of an applicant or regi strant that are recognized and measu red in con-
formity with generally accepted accounting principles. "Liabilities" also include
certain deferred credits that are not obligations but that are recogni zed and mea-
sured in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. For the purposes
of co mputing " net capital," the term "l iabilities":
(i) Excludes liabilities of an applicant or registrant which are subord inated to the
claims of all general creditors of the applicant or registrant pursuant LO a satisfactory
subordination agreement, as defined in paragraph (h) of this section;
(ii) Excludes, in the case of a futures comm iss ion merchant, the amount of money,
securities and property due to commodity futures or option cusLOmers which is held
in segregated accounts in compliance with the requirements of the Act and these
regulations: Provided. however. That such exclusion may be taken only if such
money, sec urities and property held in segregated accou nts have been excluded
from current assets in computing net capital ;
(iii) Includes, in the case of an applicant or registrant who is a sole proprietor, the
excess of liabilities which ha ve not been incurred in the course of business as a
futures commission merchant or as an introducing broker over assets not used in
the business;
(iv) Excludes the lesser of any deferred income tax liability relaled to the items
in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) (A), (8), and (C) below, or the su m of paragraphs (c)(4)(i)
(A), (8), and (C) below:
(A) The aggregate amount resulting from applying to the amount of the deductions
computed in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this secti on the appropriate Fed-
eral and Stale tax rate(s) applicable to any unrealized gain on the asset on which
the deduction was computed ;
(8) Any deferred tax liability related to inco me accrued whi ch is directly related
to an asset otherwise deducted pursuant to this section;
(C) Any deferred lax liability related to unreali zed appreciation in value of any
asset(s) which has been otherwise excluded from cu rrent assets in accordance with
the provisio ns of this section ;
(v) Excludes any current tax liability related to income accrued wh ich is directly
related to an asset othenvise deducted pursuant to this section; and
(vi) Excludes liabilities which would be classifled as long term in accordance with
generall y accepted accounting principles to the exte nt of the net book val ue of plant.
property and equipment whi ch is used in the ordinary course of any trade or busi-
ness of the applicant or regis trant which is a report ab le seg ment of the applicant' s
or registrant's overall busi ness activities, as defi ned in genera ll y accepted account-
ing principles, other than in the commodity futures, commodity opti on, security
and securi ty option seg ments of the applica nt 's or registrant'~ bu~iness activ ities:
Provided, That such plant, propeny and equip ment is not included in current assets
pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(v) of thi s section.
(5) The term adjusted net capi tal means net capital less:
(i) The amount by which any advances paid by the applicant or reg istrant on cash
commodity contracts and used in co mputing net capital exceeds 95 percent of the
market val ue of the co mmodities covered by such contracts;
( ii) In the case of all inventory, fixed price co mmi tments and fo rwa rd contracts.
the app li cable percentage of the net position specified below:
(A) In ventory which is currentl y registered as deliverable on a contract market and
covered by an open fu tu res contract or by a commodit y option on a ph ys ica L- No
charge.
(B) In ventory whic h is covered by an open fu tures cont ract or commodity
option.- 5 percent of the market value.
(C) In ve ntory whic h is not covered.-20 percent of the market value.
(D) In ventory and forward COnLracts in those fo re ign curren cies that are purchased
or sold for fut ure delivery on or subject to the rules of a contract market, and which
are covered by an ope n fu tures co ntract.-No charge
(E) Inventory and forward contracts in euros, British pounds, Canadian dollars.
Japanese yen, or Swiss franc s, and wh ich are not covered by an open futures
contract or co mmod ity option.- 6 perccnt of the market value.
(F) Fixed price comm itments (open purchases and sales) and forward contracts
which are covered by an o pen futures co ntract or co mmodi ty option.- IO percent
of the market value.
(G) Fixed price commitment s (open pu rchases and sales) and forward contracts
which are not covercd by an open futures CO nLract or co mmodi ty option.-20 per-
cent of the market va lue.
(ii i)- (iv) [Reserved]
(v) In the case of sec urities and ob li gation s used by the applicant or reg istrant
in computing nct capital . and in the case of a futures cO lllmission merchant with
sec uri ties in segregntion pursuant to secti on 4d(2) of the Act and the regul atio ns in
thi s chapter wh ich were not deposited by customers, the percentages speci fi ed in
Ru le 240.15c3 - 1(c)(2)(v i) of the Securities and Exchange Comm ission (17 CFR
240.15c3- 1(c)(2)(v i)) ("sec urities haircuts") and 100 percent of the value of ··non-
marketabl e securities" as specified in Rule 240. 15c3- 1(c)(2)(v ii) of the Securiti es
and Exchange Commission ( 17 CFR 240. 15c3-1 (c)(2)(vii ));
(v i) In the case of sec urities o ptions and/or other o ptions fo r whi ch a hajrcut
has been specified for the option or for the underlying instrument in §240. ISc3 - 1
appendi x A of this tille , the treat ment specified in, or under, §240. 15c3 - 1 appendix
A, after effectin g certain adjustment s to net capit al for li sted and unli sted opt ions
as set forth in such appendix:
(v ii) rn the case of an applicant or regi strant who has open contractual com mitments,
as he reinafter defined, the deductions specified in §240. 15c3- 1(c)(2)(v ii i) o r thi s
title;
(vii i) In the case of a futures com mi ssion merchanl. for undermargined customer
commodity futures accounts and com modit y option customer accounts the amount
of fund s required in eac h such accou nt to meet maintenance margin requi rements
of the app li cable board of trade or if there are no such maintenance margin require-
ments, clearing organi zal ion margin requ irement s applicable to such posit ions, after
application of call s for margin or ot her requi red deposi ts whi ch are outstanding
three business day s or less. If there are no such maintenance margin requirements
or clearing orga ni zation margin req uirements, then the amount of funds requi red to
provide margin eq ual to the amount necessary after application of call s for marg in
or other required deposits outstanding three business days or less to restore orig-
inal margin whe n the original margin has been depleted by 50 percent or more:
Provided. To the ex tent a deficit is excluded from current assets in accordance
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of thi s section such amount shall not also be deducted
under thi s paragraph (c)(5)(v iii ). In the event that an owner of a custo mer account
has deposited an asset other than cash to margin , guarantee or secure his accou nt ,
the value attributab le to Stic h asset for purposes of thi s su bparagraph shall be the
lesser of (A) the va lue attributable to the asset pursuant to the marg in ru les of the
a ppl icable board o f trade. or (8) the market va lue of the as:':.et .tftcr application of
th e percentage deductions specified in this paragraph (c)(5);
(ix ) I n the case of a fu tu res com mi ss ion merchant, for undermargined co mmod ity
futures and commodity option noncustomer and omnibus accounts the amount of
funds required in each slich accou nt to meet maintenance marg in req uirements of
the app licabl e board of trade or if there are no such maintenance margin require-
men ts. clearing organization margin requirement s app licable to sllch posi ti ons. after
app li c<Hion of call s for margin or other requ ired deposi ts which are outsta nding
two busi ness days or less. If there are no such ma intenance margin requirements
or clearin g o rgan ization margin requirements, thcn thc amount of funds required to
provide margin equal 1O the amount necessary after application of ca ll s for margin
or other req uired de posits olltsranding two bus iness days or less to res tore ori ginal
margin when the original margin has been depleted by 50 perce nt or more: Pro-
vided. To the ext.ent a deficit i~ excluded from c urrent as~ets in accordance with
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of Ihis section such amOUnl sha ll not also be deducled under
this paragraph (c)(5)( ix). In the event that an owner of a noncusto mer or om nibus
account has deposited an asset other th an cash to margin , guarantee or secure hi s
account the va lue attributab le to such asset for purposes of thi s subparagraph shall
be the lesser of (A) the value attri butab le to such asset pursuant to the margin
CFTC Minimum Financ€! Requirement 203
rules of the applicab le board of trade. or (8) the mark et val ue of such asset after
application o f' the percentage deductions spec ifi ed in this paragraph (c)(5):
(x) In the case of open fu tu res contrac ts and granted (so ld ) com modity opti ons held
in proprietary accou nts carried by th e applic;mt or registrant which are not covered
by a pos it ion held by the applica nt or registrant or which are not the result of a
"changer trade" made in accordance with the rules of a cont ract market:
(A ) For an app li ca nt or registrant which is a clearing member of a clearing orga ni -
zation for the positions cleared by such member, the applicabl e margin requirement
of the app li cab le clearing organization:
(8) For an applicant or registrant wh ich is a member of a self-regu latory organiza-
tion 150 percent of the applicable maintenance margin req uirement of the applicable
board of trade, or dearing organ izatio n, whichever is greater:
(C) For all other applicants or registrants, 200 percent of lhe applicab le maintenance
margin requ irements of the applicable board o f trade o r clearin g organ izat ion,
wh icheve r is greater; or
(D) For open co ntracts or granted (sol d) commodity options for which there are no
app li cable maintenance marg in requi rements, 200 percent of the applicable initial
margi n requ irement Provided, The eq uity in any such proprietary account shall
reduce the deductio n required by this paragraph (c)(5)(x) if such eq uity is not
otherwise includable in adjusted net capi tal ;
(xi) In the case of an applicant or reg istrant which is a pu rchaser of a co mmod it y
option not traded Oil a contract market which has va lue and suc h va lue is used to
increase adj usted net cap ital, ten percent of the market value of the physical or
futures contract whi ch is the subject of such option but in no event mo re than the
value att ributed to such optio n;
(xii) In the case of an applica nt or registrant which is a purchaser of a commodity
opt ion wh ich is traded on a contract market the same safety facto r as if th e applicant
or registrant we re the gra ntor of sllch option in accordance with paragraph (c)(5)(x)
of thi s section, but in no event sha ll the safety factor be greater than the market
value att ributed to such optio n;
(x ii i) Five percent of all unsecured receiva bl es includable under paragraph
(c)(2)( ii )(D) of this sectio n used by the applicant or registrant in com puting " net
capital" and whi ch are not due from:
(A) A registered futures com mi ssion merchant:
(8) A broker or dealer that is reg istered as such with the Securities and Exc hange
Commiss ion; or
(C) A fore ign broker that has been granted com parability relief pursuant to §30. 10
of thi s chapter, Provided, however, that the amount of the unsecured rece ivabl e not
subject to the five percent cap ital charge is no greater than 150 percent of the current
amount requ ired to maintain futures and option positions in accounts w ith the
fo reig n broker. or 100 perccm of such greater amount req uired to mai nta in futures
and opti on posi tions in the accounts at any lime during the previous six-mon th
period. a nd Prov ided. thal. in the case of Cli stomer fu nd s. suc h account is trealed
in accordance with the special req uirements o f the applicable Co mmi ssion order
iss ued under §30. IO of thi s chapter.
(x iv) For securities brokers and dC<ll ers. all other deductions specified in
§240. ISc3 - 1 of thi s title.
(6) Election of alternative cap ital ded ucti ons that h<lve received approval of Secu-
rities and Exchange Com mi ssion pursuant to §240. 15c3-1 (a)(7) of thi s title.
(i) A ny futures com mi ss ion me rcha nt that is also registered wit h the Securities and
Exchange Commiss io n as a sec uri ties broker or dealer, and who also sati sfies the
other requirements of thi s paragraph (c)(6). may elect to compu te its adjusted net
capital using the alternative capital deduction s that. unde r §240.15c3-I(a)(7) o f
thi s titl e, the Securities and Exchange Commi ssio n has approved by wriHcn order.
To the ex ten t that a futures com mi ss ion merchant is permitted by the Securities
and Exchange Commi ssion to use alte rnati ve capital deductions for its unsecured
receivables from over-the-counte r transacti ons in derivatives. or for il s propri-
etary positions in securiti es, forward contracts, or futures contracts, the futures
com mi ssion merchant may use these same alte rnative cap ital deductions when
computing its adjusted net capi tal , in li eu of the deductions that would Olherwise
be required by paragraph (c)(2)( ii ) of this section for its unsec ured receivables from
over-th e-cou nter derivatives transacti ons; by paragraph (c)(5)( ii) of th is section for
its propri etary posi tion s in forward co nt racts; by pa ragraph (c)(5)(v) of thi s sec ti on
for its propri etary pos iti ons in secu riti es; a nd by paragraph (c)(S)(x) of thi s sec ti on
fo r ilS proprieta ry pos itions in futures co ntracts.
(ii) Noti fi cat ions of election or of changes to electi on. (A) No election to use the
alternative market ri sk and credi t ri sk deductio ns referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i)
of thi s section shall be effective unless a nd until the futures com mi ss ion merc hant
has filed with the Commission, addressed to the Director of the Division of C learing
a nd I ntermediary Oversight , a notice that is to include a copy of th e approva l order
of th e Securities and Exchange Com mi ss ion refere nced in paragraph (c)(6)( i) of
thi s section , and to include also a statement thar ide nti fies the amount of tentative
ne t ca pital below which the futures cO lllmi ssion me rc hant is requ ired to provide
notice to the Sec urities and Exchange Com mi ss ion , and w hi c h also provides the
followin g informati on: a li st of the categories of positions that the futures com-
mission merchant ho lds in its proprie tary accounts, and. for each such category. a
descripti on o f the methods that the futures com missio n me rchant will use to calcu-
late its deductions for market ri sk and c redit risk, a nd also. if calculated separately.
deductions for specifi c ri sk; a descripti on of the va lue at ri sk (Va R) models to be
lI sed for its market ri sk and cred it ri sk ded uct ions, a nd an overview of the iTllegra-
ti on or the models into the internal ri sk ma nagement control system of the futures
commission merchant: a desc ripti o n of how the futures commi ssion merchant will
calculate current exposure and maxi mum potential exposure for its deductions for
credi t ri sk; a desc ription of how the futures comm issio n merchant wi ll determine
intern,d credit ratings of counterpanies and internal credit risk weights of counter-
parties, if applicable: and a description of the estimated effect of the alternati ve
market risk and credit risk deductions on the amounts reported by the futures
commiss ion merchant as net ca pital and adjusted net capital.
(8) A futures co mmission merchant must al so, upon the request of the Commission
at any time, supplement the statement described in paragraph (c)(6)( ii )(A) of this
sect ion. by providin g any other exp lanatory information regarding the co mputation
of its alternative market risk and credit risk deductions as the Commission may
req uire at its di screti on.
(C) A futures co mmissio n merchant must also file the following supplemental
notices with the Director of the Di visio n and Clearing and Intermed iary Oversight:
(I) A notice advising that the Securities and Excha nge Co mmi ssion has imposed
addi ti onal or revised conditi ons for the approval ev idenced by the order refer-
enced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of thi s secti on, and which desc ribes the new or rev ised
conditions in full , and
(2) A noti ce whi ch attaches a copy of any approval by the Securities and Exc han ge
Co mmission of amendmenl.s that a futures com mi ssion merchant has requested for
its application, filed under 17 CFR 240.ISc3-le,to use alternative market ri sk and
credi t ri sk deductions approved by the Securities and Exchange Co mmi ssion.
(0) A futures com mi ssion merchant may vo luntaril y change its election to use the
alternative market risk and credit risk deductions referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i)
of this section, by filing with the Director of the Division of Clearing and [ntermedi -
ary Oversight a written notice speci fyin g a future date as of which it will no longer
use the alternati ve market risk and credit ri sk deductions, and will instead compute
such dedu ction s in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under
paragraph (c)(2)(i i) of this sec tion for unsecured receivables from over-the-counter
derivatives transactions; by paragraph (c)(S)(i i) of thi s section for proprietary posi-
tion s in forward con tracts; by paragraph (c)(S)(v) of thi s section for proprietary
positions in secu riti es; and by paragraph (c)(S)(x) of thi s section for proprietary
positions in futures contrac ts.
(iii) Condition s under whi ch election terminated. A futures comm ission merchant
may no longer elect to usc th e alternative market ri sk and credit risk deduc-
tions referenced in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of thi s section , and shall instead com-
pute the deductions otherwise req uired under paragraph (c)(2)( ii ) of thi s sec tion
for unsecured receivables from over-the-counter derivati ves transactions; by para-
graph (c)(S)( ii) of th is section for proprietary positio ns in forward contracts; by
paragraph (c)(S)(v) of thi s section for proprietary positions in securiti es; and by
parag raph (c)(5)(x) of this section for proprietary positions in futures contracts,
upon the occurrence of an y of the following:
(A) The Sec urities and Exchange Commission revokes its approval of the market
ri sk and credit ri sk deductions for such futures commi ss ion merchant ;
(B) A futures commi ss ion merchant fail s to come into co mpliance with its filing
requirements under thi s paragraph (c)(6), after hewing recei ved from the Director
of the Di vis ion o f Cl earing a nd Intermediary O ve rsight writte n notifi cati on that
the firm is not in compliance with its filin g requirements, and must cease using
ahernati ve capital dedu ctions permilted under thi s paragraph (c)(6) if it has not
come into compliance by a date specifi ed in th e notice: or
(C) The Commiss ion by writte n orde r find s that permitting the futures co mmi ss ion
me rc hant to co ntinue to use such alternati ve market ri sk and c redit ri sk deducli ons
is no longer nccessary or appropriate for thc protection of custome rs of the futures
commiss ion me rchant or of the integrity of the futures or options marke ts.
(iv) Additional filin g require ments . An y future!) commiss ion merc hant that elects to
lise the alternati ve market ri s k and c redit ri sk deductions refere nced in paragraph
(c)(6)(i ) o f thi s sec tion mu st fil e with the Commiss io n. in addition to the filin gs
required by paragraph (c)(6)(ii ) of thi s sec tion. co pies of any and all of the following
docume nts, at suc h time as the orig in als arc fil ed with the Sec urili es and Exc hange
Commiss ion:
(A) Informa tion that the fUllIres commiss ion me rc hant nl es on a mo nthl y basis with
its designated ex a mining authority or the Sec uriti es and Exchange Commi ss ion ,
whethe r by way of schedules to its FOCUS re porls or by other filin gs. in sati sfacti on
of 17 eFR 240.1 7a-5(a)(5)(i) ;
(8 ) The quarterl y reports required by 17 e FR 240. 17a-5(a)(5 )(ii):
(C) The suppl emental annual filin gs as requi red by 17 eFR 240.1 7a - 5(k):
(D) An y notification to the Securities and Exc han ge COlllll1is!) ion or the future!)
comm iss ion merc ha nt 's des ignated ex amining aUlhority o f pl anned withdrawals o f
excess net capital ; and
(E) An y notificati on lhat the futures co mmi ssio n me rc ha nt is req uired to ti le with
the Sec urities and Exchange Commiss ion whe n it s te ntati ve net ca pital is be low an
amount specifi ed by the Securities and Exchange Commiss ion.
(7) Liabilities are "adequatel y collaterali zed" when , pursuant to a legall y e nforce-
able writte n instrum ent , suc h liabilities are sec ured by ide nti fied assets that are
otherwise une nc umbered <lIld the market value o f whi c h exceeds the amount of
suc h liabilities.
(8) The te rm contrac tual commitme nts shall include unde rwriting, when issued.
whe n di stributed. a nd de layed deli very co ntr<\c t s ~ and the writing or e ndorseme nt
of security puts and call s a nd co mbin ation s thereof: but shall not include uncleared
CFTC Mi nimum Finance Requirement 207
regular way purchases and sa les of securiti es. A series of contracts of purchase or
sa le of the sa me securit y. con ditioned , if at all. only upon iss uance, may be treated
as an individual commitment.
(d) Each app licant or registrant shall have equity capita l (i nclu sive o f sali s factory
subordin ation agreements which qualify under thi s paragraph (d) as equity capital )
of not less than 30 percent of the debt-equity (Otal, provid ed , an app lica nt or
registram may be exempt ed from the provisions of thi s paragraph (d) for a period
not to exceed 90 days or for such lo nger period which the Commission may. upon
appli cati on of the applici11l1 or reg istrant , gra nt in the public interest or for the
protection of in vestors. For the purposes of this paragraph (d):
( I) Equity capital means a sati sfac(Ory subordination agreement entered into by a
partner or stockholder or limited liability company member which ha!> an initial
tcrm of at least 3 years and ha s a re mai ning term of not less than 12 months if:
(i) It does not have any o r the provisio ns for accelerated maturity pro vided for by
paragraphs (h)(2) (ix)(A). (x)(A). or (x)(B) of thi s scction , or the provisions allow-
ing for spec ial prepayment prov ided for by paragraph (h)(2)(vii)(B) of thi s sec ti on.
and is maintained as cap ital subj ect to Ihe provisions restric ting the withdrawal
thereof required by paragraph (e) of thi s section ; or
(ii ) The partnerShip agree ment provides that capital co ntributed pursuant to a sati s-
factory subordin ation agreement as defined in paragraph (h) of thi s section shall in
all respects be partnership capital subj ec t to the provis ions restricting the withdrawal
thereof required by paragraph (e) of thi s section . and
(A) In the case of a corporation, the sum of its par or stated va lue of cap ital stock,
paid in capita l in excess o f par, retained earnings, unreali zed profit and loss, and
other capital accounts.
(B) In the case of a partnership, the su m of its capita l accounts of partners (i nclu-
sive of such partners' commodit ies, options and securities acco unts subject to the
provisions of paragraph (e) or this section). and unrea lized profit and loss.
(C) In the case o f a sole proprietorship. the sum of its capital accou nts of the sole
proprietorship and unrea li zed profit and loss.
(D) In the case of a limited liability company. the S UIll of its capital accounts of
limited liability co mpan y members, and unreali zed profit and loss. (A)
(2) Debt -eq uity tota l means equity capital as defined in paragraph (d)( I) of thi s
section L) plus the outstanding principal amount of sati sfac tory subordi natio n agree-
ments. E
(e) No equity cap ital of the a ppli cant or registrant o r a subs idiary' s or affiliate's
eqlJ it y x capital consolidated pursuant to paragraph (0 of thi s sec tion. whether in
the form of (A) capital contributi ons by partners (including amounts in the com-
modities. options and n sec uriti es trading accounts of partners which are treated
as equity cap ital but excluding d amou nt s in such trading accounts whi ch are not
equity capital and excluding balances (R) in limited partners' capital accounts in
excess of their stated capital contributions), par A or stated value of capital stock,
paid-in capital in excess of par or stated value, retained earnings or other capital
accounts, may be withdrawn by action of a stoc kholder or partner or limited lia-
bility company member or by redemption or repu rchase of shares of stock by any
of the consolidated entities or through the payment of dividends or any sim ilar
di stribution , nor may any unsecured ad va nce or loan be made to a stockholder,
partner, sole proprietor, limited liability company member, or employee if, after
giving effcct thereto and to any other such withdrawa ls, advance~. or loans and any
payments of payment obligations (as defined in paragraph (h) of thi s section) under
sati sfactory subordination agreements and any payments of liabilities excluded pur-
suant to paragraph (c)(4)(vi) of thi s section which are schedul ed to occu r within
six months following such withdrawal. advance or loan:
( I) Eithe r adjusted net capital of any of the co nsol idated entit ies would be less than
the greatest of:
(i) 120 percent of the appropriate minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs
(a)( I )(i)(A) or (a)( I)(iii )(A) of this seelion ;
(ii) For a futures commission merchant or applicant therefor. 120 percent of the
amount required by paragraph (a)( I )(i)(8) of this section;
(iii) 120 percent of the amount of adjusted net capital required by a registered
futures association of which it is a member: or
(iv) For an applicant or regi strant which is also a securities broker or dealer, the
amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3 - 1(e) of the Securities and Exchange
Co mmission (17 CFR 240. 15c3- 1(e)); or
(2) In the case of any applicant or regi strant included within such consolidation, if
equity capital of the app li cant or regi strant (inclusive of sati sfactory subordination
agreements whi ch qualify as equity under paragraph (d) of this section ) would be
less than 30 percent of the required debt-equity total as defined in paragraph (d) of
this section .
Provided, That this paragraph (e) shall not preclude an applicant or registrant from
making required tax payments or preclude the payment to partners of reasonable
compe nsation. The Commjssion may, upon application of the applicant or regis·
trant , grant relief from thi s paragraph (e) if the Commission deems it to be in the
public interest or for the protection of nonproprie tary accounts.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
3038- 0024)
[43 FR 39972, Sept. 8, 1978J
Index
200- 1 leverage 36, 59 Bank of Japan 100

accou ntability shortfall s. currency markets Bankers Tru st 16
11 - 12 banks 10- 12, 19-20, 2S-30, 146
accumulati on stage, tre nd example see also central banks: interbank
99- 100 market ; prop desks
active fund managers 26 dea lers 27 - 8, 119
adapting ( 0 the FX market 75 -82, mOlivation s 10- 11
15 1-5 overseas bank accounls 146
Allied Iri sh Bank 17 roles 10- 11, 19
alpha excess returns 26 a select club 10- 11
'always be fading' attitudes 122 unfai r playing fi e lds I 1- 12, 34
see a/so fade ... Barclay's Capital 10
Amaranth 15- 16 Barings Bank 17
ambushes, important times of the day 78 baton-pass ing factors, money ce nte rs
analysts 9- 10,47- 9,1 13- 16, 189- 90 76-S
critique 47 - 9,113 - 16, \89 - 90 bear markets, pivot points 79 - 81
Jargon 11 3- 14, 179- 80 Bear Stcarns 61
roles 11 3- 14 behavioural psychology. markets 3- 7,
Apple 3 1-2 57.126- 7. 163.170- 1
arbitrage 5.9- 10.14,2 1. 27-8.139 best-performi ng fu nds 3
arrogance/self-confidence contrasts, bibli ography 191
traders 16- 17.49 b;d/ask spreads 23,137-41 , lS I
Asian money center 76-8. 83-5 big boys of FX 10- 11
asset classes 25 - 6 Big Figure Trade
asset managers 25 - 6 concepts 122, 123- 30. 181
AUDUSD ide ntify ing the setup 124-5
stati stics 24 keys to the trade 126, 130
trends 98-9 set your orders 125 - 6
Australia stcps 123 - 5
AUDUSD 24. 98 - 9 the big pic ture [51 -5
market share stmislics 2S ' big-lO-small' approaches 87
average traders. g reat traders 14 , 12 1-2, 'B lack Monday ' 19 October 19874,6,
147 64
'Black Wednesday' ( 1992) 26
backoffice systems 23 Bloomberg 64
bank aims. off-balance sheet earnings Boll inger bands 94 -5, 153
10- 11 bonds 98
Bank of America 10 boredom 81 -2,85
Bank of England 26 boltoms 30- I, 187
210 Index
breakollts 65-6 cable 179

Brelton Woods 18 1 see also GBPUSD
Brelton Woodg II (BWI!) 145 CADJPYorden. 21
brokers 11 - 12.21 - 2,27 - 32,33 - 4, Canada 21,76 - 8, 163 - 5, 179
35- 4 1, 43 - 6,123 - 30, 137 - 41,182, canlil esticks 69 - 71,75,99,100,151-5
189- 90 capital markets. currency markets 75. 97
see a/so FCMs card Slacking 35-41
Big Figure Trade 122. 123- 30. 137 carry trades 26
cmd slacking 35 - 41 catChing falling knives 30. 133
change needs 46 CBOT 43
complain ts 52-3 CBs see central banks
creditworthiness factors 43 central banks
crit ique 35 - 41 ,43 - 6. 137- 8, see also banks
189- 90 roles 28-9,65-6,76. lSI
dea lers 27 - 8 CFMA see Commodity Futures
demo accounts 53 Modernization Act
due diligence checks 43-4, 53 C)-IC see Commodity and Futurel>
'expert' third parti es 47-9.54. Trading Comm iss ion
113- 16 change needs, regulations 46
'forex trading con tests' 38 - 9 charting applications
fraud 44-5 indicators 95
future prospects 145 - 7 price feeds 51 - 2. 68 -7 1, 13S-41
hi storical background 35-6 chanists 3- 4,67 - 71. 75 - 6,105-8,
Internet 35, 38, 43-4, 137 151 -5, 166-7
marketing machines 38-41 see a/so technical analysis
minimum net capilnl requirements concepts 67 -7 1. 75-6,15 1-5,
45-6, 193-208 166- 7
o fficial actions 52 - 3 four-hour charts 75 - 6, 151 - 5
ou tlawed operati ons 36- 8 chess 14- 15.57
overJ everagi ng practices 36-8. 59 CHFJPY 91
price shad ing 11 - 12, 40-1 Chicago Mercantil e Exchange (CME)
pncmg 11 - 12, 40 - 1, 43 - 4, 137 - 8 43, 53, 78
profilS 34,37 - 8, 137-8 Chi na 145 -6
roles 182 Christian Science Monitor 189
'slippage-free' execution 44-5 , 137 Citigroup 10. II. 40
trading against the clients 36-8 CME see Chicago Mercantile Exchange
transparency shortfall s 36- 40 CMS 46
tricks II. 19-2 1. 37- 4 1. 43 - 5. CNBC 49
137- 8 Coca-Cola 28
tru Si 43- 6 Commodity Exchange Act 35
unfair playing fields 11 - 12.34. Commodity Futures Modernization Act
36-41. 53 (CFMA) 35
bubbles 3- 4, 26. 35- 6 Commodity and Futures Trading
'bucket shops' 36 Commission (CFfC)
building a posi tion, concepts 163-7 background 35,43- 4,45 - 6.48,
bull markets 6 -7. 15- 16.79- 8 1. lSI 52- 3, 120- 1,193- 208
bullet s 165 - 6 minimum finance requirement~ 45-6.
Bu siness Week 190 193-208
'buy' entry signals 8 1 officia l aClions 52-3
' bu y the rumor. sell the fact' scenario complaints. hrokcrs 52- 3
120 COMs see c urrency overlay managers
BWII W'f' Bretton Woods 11 consol idations. trends 97 - S. 174
Index 211
contrarian indicators 3D- I. 49 techno logica l developments II, 23-6,

corporate accounts. concepts 27,28 35-6. 43-4
corrections/consolidations. trends 97 -8, lbin markets 77-8.83-5.93 - 6.
174 120- 2, 134- 5
correlation, future prospects 145-7 third-party services 43-4.47 - 9,54.
crashes see stock m<lrket crashes 113-16
Creative Technology Ltd (C REAF) lime management needs 8 1- 2
31 - 2 limes of the day 75 - 82,83-5, 12 1.
credit risk 10- J [ 151-5. 166- 7
creditworthiness factors, hrokers 43 loday's market 23-6
CRM 98 trading the FED 103-8
crosses, concepts 87-91. 133-5 trading tips 75- 116. 122, 123-30.
crude oil 98 149-76
eTAs 27-8 transparency short fa lls 11-12. 36-40
see a/so speculators trends 68-9.97-101. 126-30. 151-5
currency markets turnover stat ist ics 23-5. 27
see a/so FX ... unfair playing ficld~ 11 - 12.34,
accountability shol1fa [ls 11-12 36- 41
currency overlay managers (COMs)
adapting to the FX market 75 - 82.
see also speculators
151 - 5
concepts 26. 28
analysts 9-10, [[3- [6
Currenex 11. 23
asset classes 25 - 6
curren t account 63
baton-passi ng factors 76-8
custodian banks 25 ~ 6
big boy, of FX 10-1 I
•... cul losers short' 10. 166- 7.169 - 76
Big Figure Trade [22,123 - 30
ctlpitaJ Illarkets 75. 97
daily trading ranges 94-5. 153-5
CME 53
Darwin , Charles 15
eoncep!.s 9- 12. 23 - 6. 43
dealer trades 117- 4 1
crosses 87 - 91. 133- 5
dealers 5, 11 - 12,19-21. 27-32. 34.
distinctive clements 75
37- 41. 103- 8, 117- 41. 183
'experts' 47 - 9. 113- 16
see also market makers
FOMC 103- 8. 183
bank s 27 - 8. 119
fUlllre prospects 143-7 brokers 27 - 8. 34
knee-jerk reactions 19- 20. 110- 11 concepts 19- 21 , 27 - 32,34,37- 41.
money centers 75-82. 12 1. [3 1-5, 103-8. 117-41. 183
151 - 5.166-7 creditworthiness factors 43
over-the-counter m<lrkets 35 - 6.43. electroni c dealing 11, 23 - 6, 37
53 fade (ac(ics 6, 19- 20,30,97, 103 - 8,
players 27-32 109-12.122.153
political evt! nt ~ 16,63, 175 - 6 FOMC 103 -8
'pure' aspects 9 future prospects 145-7
regulations 9, I 1- 12.35.43-5. 'head fake' tactic 19- 20
146- 7 inforrnat ion flow s 119-22
research benefits 9-/0 jargon 179-80
scamS 48-9 loss leaders I ~
scenario planning 153 - 4 order book informati on 37
a se lect club 10-11 'piggy back' practices 120-2
stat isti cs 23 - 5 roles 19.27- 32,37- 8. 183
SlOpS 4 I. 5 I -2. 58. 65-71. 83-5. nillaway market dangers 20
93-6. I03- H. 110-12. 123-4. 'sli cking it to your dealer' 137-41
125-30,131-5.141 traders 20- 1. 119- 22
212 Index
dealers (continued) EURUSD 24.84 - 5.87- 91.94-5.

trading against dea lers 119 - 22 103-8. 109- 12.115-16.128-30.
tricks I I. 19-21. 37-4 1. 43- 5. 134. 139-40. 179
123-30 fading news 109- 12
types 21 stat istics 24
un fai r playing fields 11 - 12. 34, stops 94 - 5, 110- 12
37-4 1 thi n markets 84-5
demo accounts, brokers 53 trad ing the FED 103 - 8
Dentsu 6 1 exchange rate risk. detini tion 183
derivat ives 17.35- 6.59.69- 71 exc hange-traded securities I I. 43, 53
see also forwa rd ... : furures: options: Exodus 61
swa ps 'experts' 47 - 9. 11 3- 16
Deutsche Bank 10 ex tensions. Friday 10 Su nday price
developing nations 16- 17 extension 131-5
d igita l opti ons 71
discret ionary trading ["de t"et ;cs 6. 19-20. 30. 97. 103-8.
see lI /SO price act ion 109- 12.122. 153.175
concepts 66- 7 1 fa lling knives 3~. 133
distinctive elements, currency markets FCM, 21.34.35-4 1. 43 - 6. 123 - 30,
75 140
DOJI 69 see also brokers
dot.collls 5 Big Figure Trade 122, 123- 30
see a/so Internet fraud 44 - 5
Dow Jones 3-4 profi ts 34
due di li gence checks, brokers 43 - 4. 53 trust 43-6
FDIC 43. 183
fea rs 5-6
Federal Open Market Committee (FOMe)
EBS 11 .23.5 1. 138 103-8. 183
'economic war r.:rim inals·, FX lruders 16 Fibonacc i levels 123.151-2
edge. traders 14-16 fighl back methods
efficient markets 9, [I - 12 :ice also tradi ng lips
eight- hour charts 75-6 Big Figure Trade 122. 123 - 30
electronic dealing 11. 23 - 6, 37 CME aliemalive 53
emerging markets 98. 146 concepts 51-4,57 - 6 1. 75 - 11 6.
elllot ions, markets 5-6, 13-14 149- 76
enemies. rriemJs 43 flex ibil ity n eed~ 59- 61. 163 - 7.
e nter/exit pos it ions 66-71, 163-6 169-70. 171-6
ent ry considerations. price ranges 163 - 6 Friday to Sunday priee extension
eq uities 13 1-5
'big-to-small' approaches 87 money management rules 58, 60. 63.
FX contrast 75 146- 7.164.169
ERM 26 Illult iple lots 59- 61, 164 - 7
ET F 146 official ac ti ons 52- 3
EUR/other statistics 24 ovcrleveragi ng dangers 59
EURCHF 9 1 price feeds 51-2, 68-71. 138- 41
EURGB P 67-7 1. 89-91.120-2 record-keeping needs 52, 154 - 5
EURJPY 24.9 1. 124-30 self awareness 57-8
Europea n Union. ERM 26 sma ll trades 59-6 1. 164- 7
curos 24. 26. 40. 67 - 7 1. 84-5. 87-9 1. trading habi ts 54
94 - 5.103-8.109- 12.1 15- 16. Widi ng to your strengths 57 - 8
120 - 2. 124 - 30. 134. 139-40. 179 flags 187
Indell: 213
flexibility needs. fightback methods Gn 46

59-6 1. 163-7.169 - 70.171-6 global isation e ffccl ~ 16- 17
flow infonnution. concepts r 19-22 glossary 181 -8
focus needs 154-5 'go wi th the fl ow' trading m en t~lliti es
FOMe ,\'ee Federal Opcn Market 122
Comm illce go ld 98, 100- 1
food chain , players 29. 39 Goldman Sachs 10. 12. 26. 40
Forbes Magazine 189 Goog le 13
forei gn exchange see FX markets government bonds 23
' forex trading co nte!o, t ~' 38- 9 great tr~ld ers 13- 17,49,54,57 - 61.
forward contracts, c.lel1nition 11:14 12 1-2. 147, 169-76
forward rates. defi nit ion 184 see also wi nning traders
forward/swap dealers 2 1, 24 - 5 average traders 14.121-2. 147
see (I/so dealers greed 5-6
four- hou r charts 75-82, 151 - 5 Gross, Bill 49
Frankfurt 76-8 gut reacti ons 175- 6
fntud, brokers 44-5
Friday to Sunday price ex tens ion Hamanaka. Yasui 17
concept::. 131 - 5
hammers 69
keys to the trade 133-5
hanging man 69
frie nds, enemies 43
'head fake ' tacti c 19-20
front run ni ng 11 - 12
hedge funds 5-6. 15.24-5.27-9.47.
FSA 44
53,64-5, 146
nSE 61 see also speculators
fundamen tal 3naly::.is 63, 146-7. 184
concepts 28 - 9
future prospects 143-7
' hedging' capability 40. 146
fu tures 35-6
highs. pi vot points 79-81
FX marke ts
Hong Kong
see {liso currency marke ts
background 25. 76-8
concepts 9- 12
market share stati!)t ics 25
FX Solutions 46
;hot moncy' moves 70 - 1.99, 100
FX transuctions, defi niti on 10- 11
HSBC 10
FXA II 11 .23
' huntin g' models 16
FXCM 38.46
Gain Capiltl l 46 IB M 4
gambling, traders 14. 35.37 identifying the setup 124 - 5.1 5 1- 5
gaps ~3-5. 187 Ikebc. Yukiko 29-30
GBPCHF 91 IMM 78
GBPDM 26 imperfect markets 9- 10
GBPlPY ~8, 9 1. 129- 30, 140 industry contracts 2 1
GBPUSD 24.89 - 91. 96. 121 - 2. 130. inefficient markets 9.11 - 12
132. 134. 139- 40.152. 179 inflat ion 145
see also United Kingdom information 9.11 - 12. 14- 15.19-20.
crossC!o, 89 - 91 23. 3 1, 37, 5 1-2, 7 1. 83,95-6.
now infonnuti on 121-2 103-8. 11 9-22
statistics 24 see al,\'O news re leases
stops 96 deule rs 119-22
GO P 63-4 insider trading 11 - 12
GE 28 institutional investors 114- 15
Ge n ev~ 76-8 insurance companies 114- 15
Germany 16. 25, 26
214 Index
interbank market 9-10. 24-6. 27. 33. London moncy cen ter 76-81.83-5.
36.39. 123-30 131 - 5
see also banks see also United Kingdom
concepts 27. 33, 36, 39 Long Tenn Capital Management 64
turnover stat istics 27 long-lerm players 11 4- 15.15 1- 5.
interbank rales. definition 184 157- 61
interest rules 63.98. 100- 1. 103-8, loonie 179
145-6. 183-4 .~ee al.w USDCAD
Internet losing positions 94. 169- 76
brokers 35. 38.43-4. 137 loss leaders. dealers 19
'experts' 47 lows. pivot points 79 - 81
stocks 5. 35-6. 61. 113
iPods 31 M&As 27
IPOs 113 macro funds 114- 16
irrational markets. 6-7 macroeconomic evenls 16.63. 175-6
Malkiel. BUI10n 3
Japan 20.24.25.29 - 30.35.91. 97. manipulations. important limes of the day
99-101. 133. 170-6. 179 78, 93 - 4
C HFJPY 91 margin deposits 21
EURJPY 24.91. 124-30 m<lrke( makers
GBPJPY 88.9 1. 129- 30, 140 see (llso dealers
market share stati st ics 25 concepts 27 - 32.34.37. 119- 22
USDJPY 20.24.30.91. 99 - 101. order book information 37
133.170- 6. 179 market theory. concepts 5-7
Jargon 113 - 14.179-80 marketing machine!'>. brokers 38- 4 1
Jones. Paul Tudor 13 markets
JPMorga n Chase 10 see also currency ...
jumps 83-5 beha vioura l psychology 3-7.57.
126- 7.163.170- 1
concept~ 3- 7
knee-jerk reacti ons. cu rre ncy markets
emotions 5-6. 13- 14
19-20.110- 11
irrational markets 6 - 7
Kri eger. Andrew 16
mental toughness. great traders 13-14.
174
Lasker. Ed 14- 15 mCllIoring scrvices 47 - 9
last minute positioni ng. important times Merrill Lynch 10
of the day 78 MIGFX 30. 67-S
learning curve'), retai l traders 49. 54. minimum net c'lpilal requiremenh.
147 brokers 45 - 6. 193- 208
Leeson. Nick 17 mistake~ 58. 61
Lehman Bros 61 'money anracts sharks' 190
'leI your win ners run. ClIt losers shon' money cen ters. concepts 75-82.121.
10. 166- 7. 169- 76 131-5.151 -5.166-7
LlBOR 78. 185 money management rules 30- 2. 38-9.
liquidity II. 15-16.23-5.76- 8 1. 49.58.60.63, 146-7. 164. 169
83- 5.95,106.135, 145 - 7 Morgan Grenfell 17
future prospects 145-7 moving avcrngcs (MAs) 64-5. 94-5.
news releases 145 151 -5. 159- 61
thin markets 77-8. 83-5. 93- 6. mp3 players 31
120-2 multi·viewpoint perceptions 14-15
Livermore. Je s~e 37. 66 multiple lots. fle xibil ity needs 59- 61.
'Iocals' 5 164-7. 171 - 6
Index 215
mulliplication errcct~ , turno ver slatiMics 'open :.e3:..on' evenlS III

25 opponent.. , great traders 14- 15
'must do' Hows. important times or the opportunityemts 87
day 78 options 69 - 71
mutual rund.!. 3. 25 - 6 OTC see ove r~the~counter markets
ou tlawed operations, broken. 36- 8
olltsiders 11 - 12
NASDAQ 4
o UI'iolircing, lhird ~pa rt y <;ervices 54
Nationul Fu tures As~ociation (NFA)
ovcr~ th c~countcr markcts (OTC) 35- 6.
b.lckground 35, 43 - 5. 52- 3
43. 53. 185
BASIC 44
ovcrlevcragi ng dangers 36-8. 59
official action<; 52 - 3
ovcrsea!o. bank accounts 146
natural g.IS 15-16
neural net works 64
'never tru .. tthc first price' 19- 20
P/L, 13- 14. 37. 53. 58
Pari s 76-8
New York money center 76- 8 1, 83 - 5.
patterns 3-4. 187
13 1- 5
pa wn shops 15
,\ee a/,\'O United Slates
pennants 187
New York Time!' 189
pension runds 114 - 15
New Zealand 16, 135.140
percepti ons
news releases 83, 95 - 6, 103-8.
multi-viewpoint perceptions 14 -15
109- 12.131 - 5. 145
risks 5-6
see 1I1.w inrormation
perrect lllarJ..ets 9- 10
rading news 109-12 perronnance mea5ures. traders 13- 14.
FDMC 103-8
58
liquidity eITects 145
personalities. retail traders 57-8
reversals 110, 112
'piggy back' praclicc!\. dca lcrs 120-2
stop' 95 - 6. 103 - 8. 11 0- 12 PIMCD 49
thi n 1ll<lrkets 83 pip. defi nition 185 - 6
trading Ihe FED 103- 8 pivot points
Newton, Sir Isa<'lc 14
concepts 79 - 81
NFA ,\'(' i ' National Futures Association
definiti o n 79
NFP ,\'i' 1! No n ~ Fa rm s Payroll
pluyers
Nightly Bu:.ine~s Report 189 see al.w bank'i: brokers ; corporate
Nikkei 4 accounts: dealers: retail , .. : trader..
Niv, Drew 38 rood chain 29. 39
'no de<lling de .. k· policies 37 types 27 - 32
'no touch' digital opti ons 71 point, definition 186
Non·FanllS Payroll (NFP) 84, 110, poker ana logy, traders 14, 11 9
114 16. 137 politicaJ events, c urrency markets 16.
nOles 52. 154-5 63. 175- 6
nOlional runds 25 portro lio se lecti ons 3
NYMEX 15 po~ ition s
NYSE 11.23.27 building a po!o.ition 163-7
dcf'inilion 186
alB readings 123. 125 - 30 pressure valves, crosses 88-9 1
Oa nda 46 price act ion
oIT·balullee :.heet earn ings. bank ai ms see also di screti onary Irading
10- 11 concepts 66-71. 103-8. 123-30.
'oIT-thc · books· pro llts 28 157- 66
ofli dal actions, fightbaek methods 52- 3 price qu ote~, 'who':. wilo' rac tor 11 - 12
'one louc h' digital options 71 pri ce r;tnges, e ntry considerations 163 - 6
216 Index
prices fightbacks 51-4.57-61. 122. 123-30

broker.; 11 -12. 40-1. 43-4. 137 -8 nexibility needs 59- 61.163 - 7.
demand and suppl y 66 169- 70. 17 1- 6
feeds 51 - 2.68 - 71. 138-41 food chain 29, 39
shadi ng 11 - 12.40 - 1 'forex trading contests' 38- 9
slippage 44-5.137-8.186 futu re prospects 145- 7
volatil ity 7.66.131-5. 138.145. great traders 13- 17.49.54,57 - 61.
170. 187 147. 169-76
probabilities 64-6 hi storical background 35- 6
Procter & Gamble 59 learni ng curves 49. 54. 147
profitable trading stnllegies 10, 58 losing positions 94, 169- 76
prop desks mistakes 58, 61
.\'ee also bank:-.; speculators money management rules 30- 2,
concepts 27. 28, 48 - 9 38- 9.49.58.60.63. 146- 7. 164.
psychological battles, retail traders 57. 169
163. 170-1 multiple lots 59-61. 164- 7
psychology of markets 3- 7. 57. 126-7. overleveruging dangers 36-8. 59
163. 170 - 1 performance Illeasures 13 - 14. 58
' pure ' aspects, currency markets 9 personalities 57-8
picking the right approach 63 - 71
random price movements 3- 4 price action 66-71. 103- 8. 123-30,
random walks 3 157-66
rare breeds. traders 13- 17 price feeds 5 1- 2,68- 71 , 138- 41
rational markets 6-7 profitable trading strategies 10,58
RBS 10 psychological ballles 57. 163. 170- \
real-money driven moves 70-1 record-keeping needs 52. 154-5
record-keeping needs, fight back methods selr awareness 57 - 8
52. 154 - 5 sma ll trade~ 59- 61. 164- 7
REFCO 43 stopped-ou l experiences 59- 60
regu lations strengths utilisation 57 - 8
CITC 35.43-4. 45-6. 52-3. survival rates 38. 54
193-208 systematic trading 65-71
change needs 46. 146-7 technical analysis 65 - 71, 146- 7,
currency markets 9. 11- 12, 35. 43-5, 163 - 6
146-7 third-party services 43 - 4.47 - 9.54,
minimum net capital requireme nts 11 3- 16
45 - 6. 193- 208 time management needs 81 - 2
NFA 45 trading against dealers 119- 22
self-regulatory agencies 45 trading habits 54
research benefits. c urrency markets trading tips 75 - 116. 122, 123 - 30,
9- 10 149- 76
resistance levels 65 - 6. 7 [ Reute rs 23, 35, 51. 81. 138
retail spOt dealers 21 reversals 77 - 8.99.100- 1. 11 0. 151 - 5.
see also dealers 173- 6
retail trade rs 29-32. 33 - 4. 35 - 4\. important times or the d,IY 78
5 1- 4.57 - 61.145 - 7 news releases 110. 11 2
see also traders trend example 99. 100- 1
card stacki ng 35-41 risks
CME alternative 53 concepts 5- 6. II. 14- 15. 28 , 58.
concepts 29- 32. 33-4. 35 - 41. 5 1- 4. 119- 22. 125 - 30. 164 - 5. 183
145-7 models 64-5
discretionary trading 66-71 perceptions 5- 6
Index 217
tolerilnce level s 5. 28. 58 concepts 28 - 9, 70-1

uncenailllY 14-15 food chain 29
Robertson, Julian 6 small speculators 29-32. 37-8
rolling pivot po int~. concepts 79 - 81 types 28
Rothschild family 14 sp;kes 40,52,8 1, 126-7, 132-5,
round numbers. SlOps 95. 123 - 4 157- 61 , 187
rumors 120-2 spot dealers 10- 11. 19-2 1. 24 - 5
runaway market dangers. dealers 20 see also dealers
ru naway trades 171 - 6 spread-bett ing shops 35
Rusll<Ik. John 17 spreads 11 - 12, 15- 16,23. 137-4 1.
181. 186
Sa lomon 61 squeezes 159- 6 1
SARs 95 stair-case patterns 70. 174
scaling considerations 163-4 stati stics. cu rrency markcts 23-5
scams 48 - 9 sterling see GBP ...
scenario planning 153-4 'stic king it to your dea ler' 137 - 41
screen shots, record-keeping needs 52 stock market crashes 4- 7
seasonal factors. thin markets 84 1929 5,37
a select club 10- 11 'B lack Monday ' 19 October 19874,
self awareness. retail traders 57-8 6,64
sel f-fulfi lling price moves 123 stopped-out experiences 59-60
:-,clf-regu l;Jtory <lgencies 45 stops 4 1. 51-2, 58, 59-60, 65-7 1,
'sel1' signals 81 83-5,93-6, 103-8, 110- 12,
set your orders. Big Figure Trade 125-6 123-4,125-30,131-5,141
SFA 53 concepts 83- 5,93 - 6, 103 - 8
Shanghai 4 leve ls 93-6
sharp moves. moving averages 160-1 news releases 95-6. 110- 12
'shifting points' 79-8 1 round numbers 95, 123-4
shooti ng stars 69.99. 100 thin markets 83-5,93-6
short-term moves. great traders 14. 16 tradi ng the FED 103-8
shorting tactics 6. 123- 4 strategies 3. 10. 14- 16.58
sigma-ni ne events 16.64-5 see also lrading tips
Singapore strengths utili sation. retail traders 57-8
background 25. 76-8 subjecli ve viewpoints. great traders 14
market share statistics 25 subscriptions, third-party services 47-9
slippage 44-5, 137-8, 186 Sumitomo Corp. 17
slow feeds 138-41 Sun-Tzu 43
small speculators suppan levels 65-6
see ,ds(} :-,peculators swaps 2 1, 24-5, 187
price action 66-71 SW IFT 187
roles 29-32.37-8 Swissy . definiti on 187
small trades. nexibility needs 59-61. Switzerland
164-7, 171 -6 market share stati stics 25
Smith. Adam 9 USDC HF 24, 84- 5, 91. 132, 179
Societ6 Gencrale in Tokyo 30 Syd ney 76-8, 83-5, 13 1-5
sol icitors 43-4 systematic trading. concepts 65-71
Soros. George 16. 26
specu lators 16-17. 20- I. 26-9. 70-1. tactics 3. 14-16. 19-21
83-4,120-2, 145-7 see a/.m trading ti ps
see 01:;0 CTAs: hedge fu nds: prop 'take back' the trade 141
desks: lraders 'talking their book' dangers, third-party
COMs 26,28 services 49
218 Index
tech ni cal analysis (continued ) fu ture prospects 145 -7

technical analysis 3-7. 63 - 71. 146- 7, gambli ng 14. 35.37
163- 6. 187 great traders 13- 17.49.54.57 - 6 1.
benefits 63. 65-6 147. 169-76
concepts 3- 7.63- 7 1, 146- 7.187 learning c urves 49.54. 147
critique 65-6. 146- 7 ' Iet your win ners run. cut losers iihort '
defi nition 187 10. 166- 7. 169-76
di scretionary trading 66 - 71 losing posi tion s 94.169 - 76
rcl~lillradcrs 65 - 71. 146- 7. 163- 6 macroeconomic events 16.63.175 - 6
tech nological developments 11 ,23-6, mental toughness 13- 14. 174
35-6. 43-4 performance measures 13-14.58
terminology 179- 80 poker nnalogy 14. 119
te rrorisl attacks ,26. 175 rare breeds 13 - 17
thin markets se lf-confidence 16- 17.49
concepts 77 - 8.83 - 5,93 - 6. 120- 2. short-term moves 14. 16
134 - 5 specu lators 16- 17. 20-I, 26- 9.
definition 83 70- 1. 83-4. 120- 2. 145- 7
news releases 83 'stick ing it to your dea le r' 137- 4!
seasonal ractors 84 survi val rates 38. 54
S lOpS 83 - 5. 93 - 6 time management needs 8 1-2
trading tips 84 - 5,93-6 tricks 21. 51-4.123-30
third-pallY serv ices 43 - 4.47 - 9,54. a typical day 121
113- t6 unfair playing fields 11 - 12,34,
throwing in the towe l siage 36-4 1.53
trading the FED 103-8 'wa lk the walk and talk the lalk'
trend example 99, 100 13- 14
tick. definition 187 winn!ng traders 13-17,29-30,37-8,
time management needs 81-2 57-6 1. 146-7
times of the day trading against the cl ients, brokers 36-8
currency markets 75-82.83-5. 121. tradi ng habits. fightba ck methods 54
15 1-5.166-7 tradi ng how to's 149- 76
thin markets 83- 5. 93 - 4 trading journals 154- 5
Tokyo 76-8.81. 121. 131 - 5 tradi ng maxims I K9 - 90
see a/so Japa n trading platforms, pri ce feeds 51 - 2,
5, 28
tolerance levelii, ri iiks 68 -7 1, 138- 4 1
tops 30-1. 187 tJnding techniq ues 66 -7 1. 75-116.
"aders 5.11-12.1 3-17.29-34, 146- 7. 149- 76
35-41, 51-4. 119-22. 123-30. trading tips 75 - 116. 122. 123 - 30,
145-7 149 - 76
see a/so retail ... see a/su fightbac k methods
arrogance/self-confidence contr<lsts analysts 113- 16
16-17.49 Big Fig ure Trade 122, 123-30
Big Figure Trade 122, 123-30 bu ilding a position 163 - 7
concepts 13- 17.29-34,35-4 1. crosses 87- 91. 133- 5
51 - 4.119 - 22. 145 - 7 fadi ng news 109- 12
dealers 20-1. 119- 22 FOMe 103-8
edge 14- 16 Friday to Su nday price ex tens io n
fi ghtback methods 5 1- 4, 57 - 61. 122, 131 - 5
123-30 los in g positions 94 , 169-76
food c hain 29. 39 money centers 76-8.131-5
Friday to Sunday price extension stops 93-6. 103-8
131 - 5 thi n markets 77 -8. 83~5, 93-6
Index 219
tnKling the FED 103-8 GBPUSD 24,89- 91,96, 121 - 2, 130,

trcnd~ 97-101. 151-5 132,134, 139-40, 152, 179
truding to your strengths. light back market power 145-6
Illcthodi> 57-8 market ~hare statistics 25
tran~parcncy ~hortfalls New York money center 76 - 81 ,
broker.; 36 - 40 83 - 5. 131 - 5
currency markets 11 - 12. 36- 40 NFP 84. 110, 114- 16. 137
trending markets 68 - 9 USDCAD 163- 5. 179
trends USDC HF 24,84 - 5,91. 132, 179
accumulatioll stage 99 - 100 USDJPY 20,24,30,91. 99-101.
concepts 6X - 9. 97 - 101. 126- 30. 133. 170-6, 179
151 - 5,IK7 USD Index (USDX) 87
corrections/consol idations 97 - 8. 174 USD/other statistics 24
example 99 - 101 USDCAD 163- 5, 179
hot money stage 99. 100 US DCHF 24.84-5.91. 132, 179
public realizations 97 - 8 crosses 91
reversal stage 99, 100-1 statistics 24
slow starts 97 th in markets 84-5
throwi ng in the towel stage 99. 100 USDJPY 20.24,30.91,99 - 10 1. 133,
trust 170- 6. 179
broker~ 43 - 6 c rash of 1998 20
third-party services 48 - 9 crosses 91
Tudor Investment 13 statistics 24. 30
turnover statistics trend examp le 99 - 101
currency markets 23-5.27
multiplicat ion effects 25
value creation 9- 10
a typical day. traders 121
Verne. Jules 14
voice brokers 23
UBS 10.11.6 1 volatility 7.66, 131 - 5, [3R, [45. 170.
UK .\·ee Unitcd Kingdom 187
uncertainty concepts 14- 15
unfair playing fields 11 - 12, 34. 36 - 41,
'walk the walk a nd talk the t ~ll k' 13- 14
53
Wall Street 3, 6. 9 - 10
United Kingdom
Wall Street Journal 190
'Black Wcdnc~d ay' (1992) 26
whipsaw, deli nit ion 187
EURGBP 67 - 71. 89- 91,120 - 2
'who's who' factor, price quotes 11 - 12
GBPC HF 91
winning traders [3- 17.29-30,37-8.
GBPDM 26
57-6 1. 146-7
GBPJPY 88,91. 129- 30, 140
SC(' al.~o great traders
GBPUSD 24.89 - 91. 96,12 1-2. 130,
work ing day, defi ni tion [88
132.134, 139-40,152,179
London money center 76-8 1. 83-5,
131-5 yard. defini ti on 188
market share swtistics 25 yen see Japan
United States Young, Peter 17
AUDUSD 24, 98-9
EURUSD 24,84-5,87-9 1. 94-5, zero-sum games 14
103-8, 109- 12.115-16,128-30,
134, 139- 40, 179
FOMC 103 - 8
future prospects 145- 7 Illdex wmpiled by Jerry Halliday
futures exchanges 35

Beat The Forex Dealerpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Beat The Forex Dealerpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Beat The Forex Dealerpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Beat the Forex Dealer

For other titles in the Wiley Trading Series

An insider's look into trading today's

A John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Publication

Other Wiley Editurial Offices

British Lihra")' Calalogllillg i1l Publication Vata

PART I THROUGH THE EYES OF A TRADER 1

2 The Currency Market 9

PART II THE RETAIL SIDE OF THINGS 33

8 Don 'l Trusl Your FCM 43

PART III JOINING THE 10 % 55

12 Picking lhe Righi Approach 63

PART IV FX TRADING TIPS 73

15 Using the Crosses 87

19 Fading News 109

PART V DEALER TRADES 117

22 The Big Figure Trade 123

23 The Friday to Sunday Extension 131

PART VI THE FUTURE 143

APPENDIX TRADING "HOW TO'S" 149

How to Build a Position 163

How to Trade Out of a Losing Position 169

FROM VEGAS TO WAll STREET

• The "house" always has the adva nt age (the spread).

• The "house" adopts variOus dubious risk-management co ntrol s. which

BEAT THE DEALER

In my experience. mOst retail FX traders seem to have a decent system or genuine

Some Terms Commonly Used In This Book

Retail FX Broker Al so call ed FUlures Commission Merchant (FCM), these are

Simplistic view of a retail FX transaction

Ind ividua l (Retail)

Venier : ., Pritt' ;g 1.25 ~

'.JI\.TcDe,'" ..k. "'0'""

Dealer vets a mariler

BANK BANK BANK

PAST AND PRESENT BUBBLES

NIKKEI SHANGHAI ~200%

A LITTLE MARKET THEORY

1920's BULL MARKET vs. 1980's BULL MARKET

Days Into bull market

s ince information is not freely available, market access is restricted , manipulation

AN UNFAIR PLAYING FIELD

THE TRADER'S EDGE

How to lo:o.e $6 billion in two months.

Why is it a bad idea to give your star

Yasul Hamanaka. The Sumitomo Corp. traders positions were so huge.

1 "'1]VFI' DEALER S ABSORB SUPPLY

1:30 DA.TA RELEASE

CAN DEALERS LOSE MONEY?

TRADERS VERSUS DEALERS

Forward/Swap Dealers: The most cerebral of the bunch. More concerned

Pretty much sums it up doesn't it?

How much are they trading? Who is trading?

Total F)( Tutl'IOY$f Total FX Turnover

f X TulflOV(!f bVTran-.acbOO Twa FX Turnover by Currency Pair

I At constant exchange rares, the turnover increase i ~ around 35 %.

Where are they trading? How are they trading?

Average Oady Volume by

THE NEW ASSET CLASS